EP1109911A2 - Staphylococcus aureus genes and polypeptides - Google Patents
Staphylococcus aureus genes and polypeptidesInfo
- Publication number
- EP1109911A2 EP1109911A2 EP99948076A EP99948076A EP1109911A2 EP 1109911 A2 EP1109911 A2 EP 1109911A2 EP 99948076 A EP99948076 A EP 99948076A EP 99948076 A EP99948076 A EP 99948076A EP 1109911 A2 EP1109911 A2 EP 1109911A2
- Authority
- EP
- European Patent Office
- Prior art keywords
- polypeptide
- aureus
- polypeptides
- present
- amino acid
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Withdrawn
Links
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 title claims abstract description 438
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 title claims abstract description 415
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 title claims abstract description 374
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 title claims abstract description 131
- 241000191967 Staphylococcus aureus Species 0.000 title description 4
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 132
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 77
- 241000191940 Staphylococcus Species 0.000 claims abstract description 72
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 66
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 66
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 58
- 229960005486 vaccine Drugs 0.000 claims abstract description 49
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 46
- 239000012472 biological sample Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 18
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 claims description 122
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 122
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 claims description 103
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 claims description 92
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 claims description 88
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 claims description 88
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 claims description 88
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 86
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 claims description 56
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 claims description 42
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 claims description 33
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 claims description 22
- -1 carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 15
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 claims description 14
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 claims description 12
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000000729 N-terminal amino-acid group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 abstract description 38
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 abstract description 11
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 abstract description 7
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 abstract description 6
- 238000010188 recombinant method Methods 0.000 abstract description 5
- 238000002405 diagnostic procedure Methods 0.000 abstract description 3
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 abstract 1
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 97
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 91
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 87
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 54
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 48
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 43
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 40
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 33
- 239000013615 primer Substances 0.000 description 33
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 32
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 31
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 31
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 28
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical group 0.000 description 27
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 27
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 26
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 26
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 26
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 23
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 21
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 21
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 21
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 21
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 20
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 20
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 20
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 20
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 19
- 238000000018 DNA microarray Methods 0.000 description 19
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 18
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 18
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 18
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 18
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 18
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 17
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 17
- PJJJBBJSCAKJQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanidinium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].NC(N)=[NH2+] PJJJBBJSCAKJQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 16
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 16
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 15
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 15
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 15
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 14
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 13
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 13
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 13
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 13
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 13
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 12
- 108700026244 Open Reading Frames Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 12
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 11
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 206010041925 Staphylococcal infections Diseases 0.000 description 11
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 11
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 11
- 229960000789 guanidine hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 description 11
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 11
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 11
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 description 10
- FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N L-methotrexate Chemical compound C=1N=C2N=C(N)N=C(N)C2=NC=1CN(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229960000723 ampicillin Drugs 0.000 description 10
- AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N ampicillin Chemical compound C1([C@@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H]2[C@H]3SC([C@@H](N3C2=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)=CC=CC=C1 AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 230000003053 immunization Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000002649 immunization Methods 0.000 description 10
- 229960000485 methotrexate Drugs 0.000 description 10
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 10
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 9
- JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N Penicillin G Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 9
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 9
- 229940049954 penicillin Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 8
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 8
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000007689 inspection Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 8
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000002788 anti-peptide Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229960004198 guanidine Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229930027917 kanamycin Natural products 0.000 description 7
- 229960000318 kanamycin Drugs 0.000 description 7
- SBUJHOSQTJFQJX-NOAMYHISSA-N kanamycin Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CN)O[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)[C@H](N)C[C@@H]1N SBUJHOSQTJFQJX-NOAMYHISSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 229930182823 kanamycin A Natural products 0.000 description 7
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 7
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 7
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 7
- 239000002987 primer (paints) Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 7
- 241000701022 Cytomegalovirus Species 0.000 description 6
- 238000000636 Northern blotting Methods 0.000 description 6
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 6
- 235000014680 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 101100397225 Schizosaccharomyces pombe (strain 972 / ATCC 24843) isp3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 6
- AIYUHDOJVYHVIT-UHFFFAOYSA-M caesium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cs+] AIYUHDOJVYHVIT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000002158 endotoxin Substances 0.000 description 6
- 210000004408 hybridoma Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000012139 lysis buffer Substances 0.000 description 6
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 6
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 206010007882 Cellulitis Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 5
- RJQXTJLFIWVMTO-TYNCELHUSA-N Methicillin Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(OC)=C1C(=O)N[C@@H]1C(=O)N2[C@@H](C(O)=O)C(C)(C)S[C@@H]21 RJQXTJLFIWVMTO-TYNCELHUSA-N 0.000 description 5
- MSFSPUZXLOGKHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Muraminsaeure Natural products OC(=O)C(C)OC1C(N)C(O)OC(CO)C1O MSFSPUZXLOGKHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 206010031252 Osteomyelitis Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 108010013639 Peptidoglycan Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 208000021326 Ritter disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 206010041929 Staphylococcal scalded skin syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000010839 body fluid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 5
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229960003085 meticillin Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Chemical compound O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000003155 DNA primer Substances 0.000 description 4
- ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formamide Chemical compound NC=O ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 101710154606 Hemagglutinin Proteins 0.000 description 4
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108010054278 Lac Repressors Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 4
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 101710093908 Outer capsid protein VP4 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 101710135467 Outer capsid protein sigma-1 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 101710176177 Protein A56 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 206010040047 Sepsis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 206010040070 Septic Shock Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000002847 Surgical Wound Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 206010044248 Toxic shock syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 231100000650 Toxic shock syndrome Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 206010000269 abscess Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002538 fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000002873 global sequence alignment Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000003000 inclusion body Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 108010045069 keyhole-limpet hemocyanin Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000008488 polyadenylation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000001177 retroviral effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 4
- 208000013223 septicemia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 238000002864 sequence alignment Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 206010040872 skin infection Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 4
- DGVVWUTYPXICAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N β‐Mercaptoethanol Chemical compound OCCS DGVVWUTYPXICAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- FMYBFLOWKQRBST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[bis(carboxymethyl)amino]acetic acid;nickel Chemical compound [Ni].OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O FMYBFLOWKQRBST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000282461 Canis lupus Species 0.000 description 3
- 101150074155 DHFR gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010041986 DNA Vaccines Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 238000001712 DNA sequencing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940021995 DNA vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 3
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000004457 Granulocyte-Macrophage Colony-Stimulating Factor Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010017213 Granulocyte-Macrophage Colony-Stimulating Factor Proteins 0.000 description 3
- HVLSXIKZNLPZJJ-TXZCQADKSA-N HA peptide Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 HVLSXIKZNLPZJJ-TXZCQADKSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 3
- 108010038807 Oligopeptides Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000015636 Oligopeptides Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 3
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108091081024 Start codon Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 208000031650 Surgical Wound Infection Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010052428 Wound Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000004978 chinese hamster ovary cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000009509 drug development Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002651 drug therapy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000415 inactivating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron Substances [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- BPHPUYQFMNQIOC-NXRLNHOXSA-N isopropyl beta-D-thiogalactopyranoside Chemical compound CC(C)S[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O BPHPUYQFMNQIOC-NXRLNHOXSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000015688 methicillin-resistant staphylococcus aureus infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000003071 parasitic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000137 peptide hydrolase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000001322 periplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000004153 renaturation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010839 reverse transcription Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 3
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 3
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LLXVXPPXELIDGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 3-(2,5-dioxopyrrol-1-yl)benzoate Chemical compound C=1C=CC(N2C(C=CC2=O)=O)=CC=1C(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O LLXVXPPXELIDGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NWUYHJFMYQTDRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-bis(ethenyl)benzene;1-ethenyl-2-ethylbenzene;styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1.CCC1=CC=CC=C1C=C.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1C=C NWUYHJFMYQTDRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 108020004491 Antisense DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010060968 Arthritis infective Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000972773 Aulopiformes Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 2
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000014914 Carrier Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010078791 Carrier Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091033380 Coding strand Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101710116957 D-alanyl-D-alanine carboxypeptidase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000012410 DNA Ligases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010061982 DNA Ligases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 2
- BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen disulfide Chemical compound SS BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010053187 Diphtheria Toxin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000016607 Diphtheria Toxin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 238000012286 ELISA Assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010051814 Eschar Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241001596967 Escherichia coli M15 Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010015988 Eyelid infection Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010016952 Food poisoning Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000019331 Foodborne disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010015776 Glucose oxidase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000004366 Glucose oxidase Substances 0.000 description 2
- SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutaraldehyde Chemical compound O=CCCCC=O SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZRALSGWEFCBTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Guanidine Chemical compound NC(N)=N ZRALSGWEFCBTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010093488 His-His-His-His-His-His Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108090000144 Human Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000003839 Human Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000004195 Isomerases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000769 Isomerases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000011050 LAL assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000006137 Luria-Bertani broth Substances 0.000 description 2
- TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium chloride Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Cl-].[Cl-] TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229930193140 Neomycin Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 101710163270 Nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108020004711 Nucleic Acid Probes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004316 Oxidoreductases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000854 Oxidoreductases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101710202686 Penicillin-sensitive transpeptidase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010008281 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000007056 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108020005091 Replication Origin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000714474 Rous sarcoma virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000293869 Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Typhimurium Species 0.000 description 2
- 108091081021 Sense strand Proteins 0.000 description 2
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010040844 Skin exfoliation Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010062255 Soft tissue infection Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108020005038 Terminator Codon Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000004098 Tetracycline Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102100037357 Thymidylate kinase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010059993 Vancomycin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011543 agarose gel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000246 agarose gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960003767 alanine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 108010073901 aminoacyl-tRNA hydrolase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005875 antibody response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003816 antisense DNA Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003125 aqueous solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008827 biological function Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007853 buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 210000000234 capsid Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000003729 cation exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000013592 cell lysate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010000742 dTMP kinase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960002086 dextran Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 108020001096 dihydrofolate reductase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000012470 diluted sample Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940042399 direct acting antivirals protease inhibitors Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 231100000676 disease causative agent Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000147 enterotoxin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 231100000655 enterotoxin Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 231100000333 eschar Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000007717 exclusion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000013613 expression plasmid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 101150084423 femB gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000000855 fermentation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004151 fermentation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 2
- GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940116332 glucose oxidase Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000019420 glucose oxidase Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000002333 glycines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- LEQAOMBKQFMDFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N glyoxal Chemical compound O=CC=O LEQAOMBKQFMDFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000185 hemagglutinin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000703 high-speed centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 2
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004191 hydrophobic interaction chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 2
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000036039 immunity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003018 immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940072221 immunoglobulins Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000001114 immunoprecipitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003701 inert diluent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 206010022000 influenza Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009545 invasion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009630 liquid culture Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008297 liquid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002703 mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 231100000350 mutagenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960004927 neomycin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000037311 normal skin Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002853 nucleic acid probe Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010915 one-step procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- GRLPQNLYRHEGIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-J potassium aluminium sulfate Chemical compound [Al+3].[K+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O.[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O GRLPQNLYRHEGIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 2
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000001236 prokaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000001500 prolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([H])(C(=O)[*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004853 protein function Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012460 protein solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003127 radioimmunoassay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000019515 salmon Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003248 secreting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000012064 sodium phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010532 solid phase synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001179 sorption measurement Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004936 stimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- ZZIZZTHXZRDOFM-XFULWGLBSA-N tamsulosin hydrochloride Chemical compound [H+].[Cl-].CCOC1=CC=CC=C1OCCN[C@H](C)CC1=CC=C(OC)C(S(N)(=O)=O)=C1 ZZIZZTHXZRDOFM-XFULWGLBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960000814 tetanus toxoid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229930101283 tetracycline Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 229960002180 tetracycline Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000019364 tetracycline Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000003522 tetracyclines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010361 transduction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000026683 transduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 2
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 229960003165 vancomycin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- MYPYJXKWCTUITO-LYRMYLQWSA-N vancomycin Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1OC1=C2C=C3C=C1OC1=CC=C(C=C1Cl)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C(N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H]3C(=O)N[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@@H](C3=CC(O)=CC(O)=C3C=3C(O)=CC=C1C=3)C(O)=O)=O)[C@H](O)C1=CC=C(C(=C1)Cl)O2)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](CC(C)C)NC)[C@H]1C[C@](C)(N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 MYPYJXKWCTUITO-LYRMYLQWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MYPYJXKWCTUITO-UHFFFAOYSA-N vancomycin Natural products O1C(C(=C2)Cl)=CC=C2C(O)C(C(NC(C2=CC(O)=CC(O)=C2C=2C(O)=CC=C3C=2)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C3NC(=O)C2NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC)C(O)C(C=C3Cl)=CC=C3OC3=CC2=CC1=C3OC1OC(CO)C(O)C(O)C1OC1CC(C)(N)C(O)C(C)O1 MYPYJXKWCTUITO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003952 β-lactams Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- DIGQNXIGRZPYDK-WKSCXVIASA-N (2R)-6-amino-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2R,3S)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S,3S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[2-[[2-[[2-[(2-amino-1-hydroxyethylidene)amino]-3-carboxy-1-hydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1-hydroxypropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxybutylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxypropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1,5-dihydroxy-5-iminopentylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxybutylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]hexanoic acid Chemical compound C[C@@H]([C@@H](C(=N[C@@H](CS)C(=N[C@@H](C)C(=N[C@@H](CO)C(=NCC(=N[C@@H](CCC(=N)O)C(=NC(CS)C(=N[C@H]([C@H](C)O)C(=N[C@H](CS)C(=N[C@H](CO)C(=NCC(=N[C@H](CS)C(=NCC(=N[C@H](CCCCN)C(=O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)N=C([C@H](CS)N=C([C@H](CO)N=C([C@H](CO)N=C([C@H](C)N=C(CN=C([C@H](CO)N=C([C@H](CS)N=C(CN=C(C(CS)N=C(C(CC(=O)O)N=C(CN)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O DIGQNXIGRZPYDK-WKSCXVIASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000040650 (ribonucleotides)n+m Human genes 0.000 description 1
- RMBMWXHVTXYPQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[3-[(1-hydroxy-2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-3-yl)methyl]phenyl]pyrrole-2,5-dione Chemical compound O=C1N(O)C(=O)CC1CC1=CC=CC(N2C(C=CC2=O)=O)=C1 RMBMWXHVTXYPQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FVFVNNKYKYZTJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-chloro-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine Chemical compound NC1=NC(N)=NC(Cl)=N1 FVFVNNKYKYZTJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100031126 6-phosphogluconolactonase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010029731 6-phosphogluconolactonase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010000239 Aequorin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920000936 Agarose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102100027211 Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007698 Alcohol dehydrogenase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010021809 Alcohol dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000005995 Aluminium silicate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000004400 Aminopeptidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000915 Aminopeptidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091093088 Amplicon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010032595 Antibody Binding Sites Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010024976 Asparaginase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000015790 Asparaginase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000271566 Aves Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000063299 Bacillus subtilis Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000014469 Bacillus subtilis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010004053 Bacterial toxaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100026189 Beta-galactosidase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000588832 Bordetella pertussis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000589562 Brucella Species 0.000 description 1
- 125000001433 C-terminal amino-acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 101100230428 Caenorhabditis elegans hil-5 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710132601 Capsid protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100035882 Catalase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010053835 Catalase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010049048 Cholera Toxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009016 Cholera Toxin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091062157 Cis-regulatory element Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710094648 Coat protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000003322 Coinfection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000029816 Collagenase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060005980 Collagenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000035473 Communicable disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000186216 Corynebacterium Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010011409 Cross infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CMSMOCZEIVJLDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclophosphamide Chemical compound ClCCN(CCCl)P1(=O)NCCCO1 CMSMOCZEIVJLDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IGXWBGJHJZYPQS-SSDOTTSWSA-N D-Luciferin Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H]1CSC(C=2SC3=CC=C(O)C=C3N=2)=N1 IGXWBGJHJZYPQS-SSDOTTSWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-alpha-Ala Natural products CC([NH3+])C([O-])=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003298 DNA probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- CYCGRDQQIOGCKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dehydro-luciferin Natural products OC(=O)C1=CSC(C=2SC3=CC(O)=CC=C3N=2)=N1 CYCGRDQQIOGCKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009007 Diagnostic Kit Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010012735 Diarrhoea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100024746 Dihydrofolate reductase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000255581 Drosophila <fruit fly, genus> Species 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Elaidinsaeure-aethylester Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100031780 Endonuclease Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010067770 Endopeptidase K Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010059284 Epidermal necrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- YQYJSBFKSSDGFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Epihygromycin Natural products OC1C(O)C(C(=O)C)OC1OC(C(=C1)O)=CC=C1C=C(C)C(=O)NC1C(O)C(O)C2OCOC2C1O YQYJSBFKSSDGFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001131785 Escherichia coli HB101 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701959 Escherichia virus Lambda Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090000371 Esterases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000206602 Eukaryota Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010063560 Excessive granulation tissue Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000001860 Eye Infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000030914 Fatty Acid-Binding Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- BJGNCJDXODQBOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fivefly Luciferin Natural products OC(=O)C1CSC(C=2SC3=CC(O)=CC=C3N=2)=N1 BJGNCJDXODQBOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000710198 Foot-and-mouth disease virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700662 Fowlpox virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910052688 Gadolinium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 206010017711 Gangrene Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700028146 Genetic Enhancer Elements Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010073178 Glucan 1,4-alpha-Glucosidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100022624 Glucoamylase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010018962 Glucosephosphate Dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100036596 Glutamyl-tRNA(Gln) amidotransferase subunit B, mitochondrial Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100036263 Glutamyl-tRNA(Gln) amidotransferase subunit C, mitochondrial Human genes 0.000 description 1
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Natural products NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100021181 Golgi phosphoprotein 3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000004447 HSP40 Heat-Shock Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010042283 HSP40 Heat-Shock Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000010556 Heparin Binding Activity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 241001272567 Hominoidea Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000756632 Homo sapiens Actin, cytoplasmic 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001073064 Homo sapiens Glutamyl-tRNA(Gln) amidotransferase subunit B, mitochondrial Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001001786 Homo sapiens Glutamyl-tRNA(Gln) amidotransferase subunit C, mitochondrial Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001128634 Homo sapiens NADH dehydrogenase [ubiquinone] 1 beta subcomplex subunit 2, mitochondrial Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000869690 Homo sapiens Protein S100-A8 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000002265 Human Growth Hormone Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010000521 Human Growth Hormone Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000854 Human Growth Hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000701024 Human betaherpesvirus 5 Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010020751 Hypersensitivity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108700002232 Immediate-Early Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010054477 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001706 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000008070 Interferon-gamma Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010074328 Interferon-gamma Proteins 0.000 description 1
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UWTATZPHSA-N L-Alanine Natural products C[C@@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-UWTATZPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019766 L-Lysine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- GGLZPLKKBSSKCX-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-ethionine Chemical compound CCSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O GGLZPLKKBSSKCX-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000186660 Lactobacillus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090001090 Lectins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004856 Lectins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060001084 Luciferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000005089 Luciferase Substances 0.000 description 1
- DDWFXDSYGUXRAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Luciferin Natural products CCc1c(C)c(CC2NC(=O)C(=C2C=C)C)[nH]c1Cc3[nH]c4C(=C5/NC(CC(=O)O)C(C)C5CC(=O)O)CC(=O)c4c3C DDWFXDSYGUXRAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108090000988 Lysostaphin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710125418 Major capsid protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000013460 Malate Dehydrogenase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010026217 Malate Dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003792 Metallothionein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000157 Metallothionein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710181812 Methionine aminopeptidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100278853 Mus musculus Dhfr gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000969137 Mus musculus Metallothionein-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010021466 Mutant Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008300 Mutant Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000187479 Mycobacterium tuberculosis Species 0.000 description 1
- CHJJGSNFBQVOTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-methyl-guanidine Natural products CNC(N)=N CHJJGSNFBQVOTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100032194 NADH dehydrogenase [ubiquinone] 1 beta subcomplex subunit 2, mitochondrial Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010028851 Necrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001045988 Neogene Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000000020 Nitrocellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000009893 Nonpenetrating Wounds Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108091005461 Nucleic proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710141454 Nucleoprotein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108700006640 OspA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010058846 Ovalbumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000012408 PCR amplification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108090000526 Papain Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000057297 Pepsin A Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000284 Pepsin A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003992 Peroxidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 201000005702 Pertussis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010081690 Pertussis Toxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010053210 Phycocyanin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010004729 Phycoerythrin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010035148 Plague Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000242594 Platyhelminthes Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010021757 Polynucleotide 5'-Hydroxyl-Kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008422 Polynucleotide 5'-hydroxyl-kinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010036410 Postoperative wound infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101710083689 Probable capsid protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124158 Protease/peptidase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102100032442 Protein S100-A8 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000589516 Pseudomonas Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000012083 RIPA buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010092799 RNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010037742 Rabies Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000035415 Reinfection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000006382 Ribonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010083644 Ribonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010039491 Ricin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- BFDMCHRDSYTOLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N SC#N.NC(N)=N.ClC(Cl)Cl.OC1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound SC#N.NC(N)=N.ClC(Cl)Cl.OC1=CC=CC=C1 BFDMCHRDSYTOLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940124842 Salmonella vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010039491 Sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108020004682 Single-Stranded DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000002105 Southern blotting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000256248 Spodoptera Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000193996 Streptococcus pyogenes Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000187747 Streptomyces Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701093 Suid alphaherpesvirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282887 Suidae Species 0.000 description 1
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005864 Sulphur Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010006785 Taq Polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010043376 Tetanus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010055044 Tetanus Toxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010022394 Threonine synthase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000006601 Thymidine Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004440 Thymidine kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000013222 Toxemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010044223 Toxic epidermal necrolysis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000087 Toxic epidermal necrolysis Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 108091023040 Transcription factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000007984 Tris EDTA buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-NJFSPNSNSA-N Tritium Chemical compound [3H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090000631 Trypsin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004142 Trypsin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020000553 UMP kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010046334 Urease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000700618 Vaccinia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010003533 Viral Envelope Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010047700 Vomiting Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010048038 Wound infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000607479 Yersinia pestis Species 0.000 description 1
- UZQJVUCHXGYFLQ-AYDHOLPZSA-N [(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-4-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-4-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-4-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)-4-[(2s,3r,4s,5s,6r)-3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxyoxan-2-yl]oxy-3,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-3,5-dihydroxy-6-(hy Chemical compound O([C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]([C@@H]1O)O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]([C@@H]1O)O[C@H]1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3CC=C4[C@@]([C@@]3(CC[C@H]2[C@@]1(C=O)C)C)(C)CC(O)[C@]1(CCC(CC14)(C)C)C(=O)O[C@H]1[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]4[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]5[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O5)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O4)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O3)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1)O)[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O UZQJVUCHXGYFLQ-AYDHOLPZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008351 acetate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid Substances CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OIPILFWXSMYKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetylcholine Chemical compound CC(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C OIPILFWXSMYKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004373 acetylcholine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acridine Chemical class C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005377 adsorption chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001261 affinity purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012867 alanine scanning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003172 aldehyde group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010004469 allophycocyanin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- AZDRQVAHHNSJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N alumane Chemical class [AlH3] AZDRQVAHHNSJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000012211 aluminium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000009435 amidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007112 amidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001408 amides Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940126575 aminoglycoside Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BFNBIHQBYMNNAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium sulfate Chemical compound N.N.OS(O)(=O)=O BFNBIHQBYMNNAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052921 ammonium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000012870 ammonium sulfate precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000011130 ammonium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000004102 animal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000005571 anion exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003466 anti-cipated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002787 antisense oligonuctleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003272 asparaginase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-M asparaginate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C(N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000002238 attenuated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000376 autoradiography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003782 beta lactam antibiotic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010005774 beta-Galactosidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000004166 bioassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012620 biological material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000017531 blood circulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 244000309466 calf Species 0.000 description 1
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- OSQPUMRCKZAIOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbon dioxide;ethanol Chemical compound CCO.O=C=O OSQPUMRCKZAIOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000000845 cartilage Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000005277 cation exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000002421 cell wall Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960005091 chloramphenicol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WIIZWVCIJKGZOK-RKDXNWHRSA-N chloramphenicol Chemical compound ClC(Cl)C(=O)N[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)C1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 WIIZWVCIJKGZOK-RKDXNWHRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002759 chromosomal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012761 co-transfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002424 collagenase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009260 cross reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004397 cyclophosphamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940127089 cytotoxic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SUYVUBYJARFZHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N dATP Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)O1 SUYVUBYJARFZHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SUYVUBYJARFZHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N dATP Natural products C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1C1CC(O)C(COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)O1 SUYVUBYJARFZHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RGWHQCVHVJXOKC-SHYZEUOFSA-J dCTP(4-) Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OP([O-])(=O)OP([O-])([O-])=O)[C@@H](O)C1 RGWHQCVHVJXOKC-SHYZEUOFSA-J 0.000 description 1
- HAAZLUGHYHWQIW-KVQBGUIXSA-N dGTP Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(=O)NC(N)=NC=2N1[C@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)O1 HAAZLUGHYHWQIW-KVQBGUIXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NHVNXKFIZYSCEB-XLPZGREQSA-N dTTP Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)C1 NHVNXKFIZYSCEB-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005695 dehalogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004925 denaturation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036425 denaturation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035618 desquamation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000633 dextran sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001079 digestive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000004419 dihydrofolate reductase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- OZRNSSUDZOLUSN-LBPRGKRZSA-N dihydrofolic acid Chemical compound N=1C=2C(=O)NC(N)=NC=2NCC=1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 OZRNSSUDZOLUSN-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- SWSQBOPZIKWTGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylaminoamidine Natural products CN(C)C(N)=N SWSQBOPZIKWTGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010013023 diphtheria Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000007876 drug discovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003792 electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001962 electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001804 emulsifying effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010014665 endocarditis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000002472 endoplasmic reticulum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000009585 enzyme analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002615 epidermis Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012869 ethanol precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N ethyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940093471 ethyl oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000029142 excretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004299 exfoliation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010015915 eye discharge Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000011323 eye infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108091022862 fatty acid binding Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZFKJVJIDPQDDFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescamine Chemical compound C12=CC=CC=C2C(=O)OC1(C1=O)OC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZFKJVJIDPQDDFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000037406 food intake Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000002523 gelfiltration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007429 general method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010353 genetic engineering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108060003196 globin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108020004445 glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000006602 glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 125000003630 glycyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 229940015043 glyoxal Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001126 granulation tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004349 growth plate Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003709 heart valve Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910001385 heavy metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 208000002672 hepatitis B Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012188 high-throughput screening assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000487 histidyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(C(=O)O*)C([H])([H])C1=C([H])N([H])C([H])=N1 0.000 description 1
- 238000002744 homologous recombination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006801 homologous recombination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000008025 hordeolum Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000012872 hydroxylapatite chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009610 hypersensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005847 immunogenicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000016784 immunoglobulin production Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011503 in vivo imaging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002779 inactivation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052738 indium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- APFVFJFRJDLVQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium atom Chemical compound [In] APFVFJFRJDLVQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003130 interferon gamma Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000968 intestinal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000004255 ion exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002540 isothiocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000155 isotopic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N kaolin Chemical compound O.O.O=[Al]O[Si](=O)O[Si](=O)O[Al]=O NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150056134 lacL gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940039696 lactobacillus Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002523 lectin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007834 ligase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940041028 lincosamides Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012417 linear regression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001926 lymphatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003120 macrolide antibiotic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940041033 macrolides Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910001629 magnesium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052748 manganese Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 101150008979 mecA gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010534 mechanism of action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000004779 membrane envelope Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 125000001360 methionine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002808 molecular sieve Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004400 mucous membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003097 mucus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000036457 multidrug resistance Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000005445 natural material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000017074 necrotic cell death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001338 necrotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 101150091879 neo gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000003472 neutralizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001220 nitrocellulos Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000012457 nonaqueous media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010899 nucleation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004940 nucleus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010030861 ophthalmia neonatorum Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000002895 organic esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940092253 ovalbumin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940055729 papain Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019834 papain Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000045947 parasite Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- MXHCPCSDRGLRER-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentaglycine Chemical compound NCC(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(O)=O MXHCPCSDRGLRER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940111202 pepsin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010647 peptide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002304 perfume Substances 0.000 description 1
- KHIWWQKSHDUIBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N periodic acid Chemical compound OI(=O)(=O)=O KHIWWQKSHDUIBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108040007629 peroxidase activity proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000002688 persistence Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002205 phenol-chloroform extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- RXNXLAHQOVLMIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl 10-methylacridin-10-ium-9-carboxylate Chemical compound C12=CC=CC=C2[N+](C)=C2C=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1 RXNXLAHQOVLMIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940080469 phosphocellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ZWLUXSQADUDCSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalaldehyde Chemical compound O=CC1=CC=CC=C1C=O ZWLUXSQADUDCSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007084 physiological dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035479 physiological effects, processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004260 plant-type cell wall biogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002381 plasma Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000013600 plasmid vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003910 polypeptide antibiotic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001323 posttranslational effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010066381 preproinsulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000004393 prognosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000644 propagated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004952 protein activity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000021127 protein binding proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091011138 protein binding proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000001742 protein purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006337 proteolytic cleavage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001938 protoplast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000005180 public health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012264 purified product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008213 purified water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012205 qualitative assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012207 quantitative assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000163 radioactive labelling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003252 repetitive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007894 restriction fragment length polymorphism technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004007 reversed phase HPLC Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003161 ribonuclease inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007320 rich medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003296 saliva Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229930182490 saponin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000007949 saponins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000017709 saponins Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000006152 selective media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000037974 severe injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000009528 severe injury Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002741 site-directed mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001542 size-exclusion chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000245 skin permeability Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 210000000813 small intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium aluminosilicate Chemical compound [Na+].[Al+3].[O-][Si]([O-])=O.[O-][Si]([O-])=O URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000527 sonication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004989 spleen cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004988 splenocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 241000189107 spotted fever group Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002195 synergetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001179 synovial fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052713 technetium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GKLVYJBZJHMRIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N technetium atom Chemical compound [Tc] GKLVYJBZJHMRIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940118376 tetanus toxin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydropyrrole Natural products C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940031351 tetravalent vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940126585 therapeutic drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005026 transcription initiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005030 transcription termination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013638 trimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- HRXKRNGNAMMEHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium citrate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O HRXKRNGNAMMEHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229940038773 trisodium citrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229910052722 tritium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012588 trypsin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001974 tryptic soy broth Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010050327 trypticase-soy broth Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000009452 underexpressoin Effects 0.000 description 1
- 241000701447 unidentified baculovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000712461 unidentified influenza virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001515965 unidentified phage Species 0.000 description 1
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000017260 vegetative to reproductive phase transition of meristem Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960004854 viral vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001835 viscera Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008673 vomiting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003260 vortexing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000005253 yeast cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000001086 yeast two-hybrid system Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002132 β-lactam antibiotic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124586 β-lactam antibiotics Drugs 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- C07K14/195—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from bacteria
- C07K14/305—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from bacteria from Micrococcaceae (F)
- C07K14/31—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from bacteria from Micrococcaceae (F) from Staphylococcus (G)
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
- A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
- A61P37/04—Immunostimulants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
Definitions
- Staphylococcus aureus genes and polypeptides are Staphylococcus aureus genes and polypeptides.
- the present invention relates to novel Staphylococcus aureus genes (S. aureus) nucleic acids and polypeptides. Also provided are vectors, host cells and recombinant methods for producing the same. Further provided are diagnostic methods for detecting S. aureus using probes, primers, and antibodies to the S. aureus nucleic acids and polypeptides of the present invention. The invention further relates to screening methods for identifying agonists and antagonists of S. aureus polypeptide activity and to vaccines using S. aureus nucleic acids and polypeptides.
- S. aureus Staphylococcus aureus genes
- the genus Staphylococcus includes at least 20 distinct species.
- MICROBIOLOGY Mosby-Year Book Europe Limited, London, UK 1993. It is an etiological agent of a variety of conditions, ranging in severity from mild to fatal. A few of the more common conditions caused by S. aureus infection are burns, cellulitis, eyelid infections, food poisoning, joint infections, neonatal conjunctivitis, osteomyelitis, skin infections, surgical wound infection, scalded skin syndrome and toxic shock syndrome, some of which are described further below.
- Burns generally are sterile initially. However, they generally compromise physical and immune barriers to infection, cause loss of fluid and electrolytes and result in local or general physiological dysfunction. After cooling, contact with viable bacteria results in mixed colonization at the injury site. Infection may be restricted to the non-viable debris on the burn surface ("eschar"), it may progress into full skin infection and invade viable tissue below the eschar and it may reach below the skin, enter the lymphatic and blood circulation and develop into septicemia. S. aureus is among the most important pathogens typically found in burn wound infections. It can destroy granulation tissue and produce severe septicemia.
- Cellulitis an acute infection of the skin that expands from a typically superficial origin to spread below the cutaneous layer, most commonly is caused by S. aureus in conjunction with S. pyrogenes. Cellulitis can lead to systemic infection. In fact, cellulitis can be one aspect of synergistic bacterial gangrene. This condition typically is caused by a mixture of S. aureus and microaerophilic Streptococci. It causes necrosis and treatment is limited to excision of the necrotic tissue. The condition often is fatal.
- Eyelid infections S. aureus is the cause of styes and of "sticky eye” in neonates, among other eye infections. Typically such infections are limited to the surface of the eye, and may occasionally penetrate the surface with more severe consequences.
- Osteomyelitis S. aureus is the most common causative agent of haematogenous osteomyelitis. The disease tends to occur in children and adolescents more than adults and it is associated with non-penetrating injuries to bones. Infection typically occurs in the long end of growing bone, hence its occurrence in physically immature populations. Most often, infection is localized in the vicinity of sprouting capillary loops adjacent to epiphysis growth plates in the end of long, growing bones.
- S. aureus is the most common pathogen of such minor skin infections as abscesses and boils. Such infections often are resolved by normal host response mechanisms, but they also can develop into severe internal infections. Recurrent infections of the nasal passages plague nasal carriers of S. aureus.
- Surgical Wound Infections Surgical wounds often penetrate far into the body. Infection of such wound thus poses a grave risk to the patient.
- S. aureus is the most important causative agent of infections in surgical wounds. S. aureus is unusually adept at invading surgical wounds; sutured wounds can be infected by far fewer S. aureus cells then are necessary to cause infection in normal skin. Invasion of surgical wound can lead to severe S. aureus septicemia. Invasion of the blood stream by S. aureus can lead to seeding and infection of internal organs, particularly heart valves and bone, causing systemic diseases, such as endocarditis and osteomyelitis.
- Scalded Skin Syndrome S. aureus is responsible for "scalded skin syndrome" (also called toxic epidermal necrosis, Ritter's disease and Lyell's disease). This diseases occurs in older children, typically in outbreaks caused by flowering of S. aureus strains produce exfoliation(also called scalded skin syndrome toxin). Although the bacteria initially may infect only a minor lesion, the toxin destroys intercellular connections, spreads epidermal layers and allows the infection to penetrate the outer layer of the skin, producing the desquamation that typifies the diseases. Shedding of the outer layer of skin generally reveals normal skin below, but fluid lost in the process can produce severe injury in young children if it is not treated properly.
- Toxic Shock Syndrome is caused by strains of S. aureus that produce the so-called toxic shock syndrome toxin.
- the disease can be caused by S. aureus infection at any site, but it is too often erroneously viewed exclusively as a disease solely of women who use tampons. The disease involves toxemia and septicemia, and can be fatal.
- Nocosomial Infections In the 1984 National Nocosomial Infection Surveillance Study
- NIS Newcastle disease virus
- lactamase gene often is propagated episomally, typically on a plasmid, and often is only one of several genes on an episomal element that, together, confer multidrug resistance.
- Methicillins introduced in the 1960s, largely overcame the problem of penicillin resistance in S. aureus. These compounds conserve the portions of penicillin responsible for antibiotic activity and modify or alter other portions that make penicillin a good substrate for inactivating lactamases.
- methicillin resistance has emerged in S. aureus, along with resistance to many other antibiotics effective against this organism, including aminoglycosides, tetracycline, chloramphenicol, macrolides and lincosamides. In fact, methicillin-resistant strains of S. aureus generally are multiply drug resistant.
- MTS A Methicillian-resistant S. aureus
- fern genes (femA- through F) have been described and the minimal number of additional aux genes has been estimated to be more than 10. Interference with femA and femB results in a strong reduction of methicillin resistance, back to sensitivity of strains without PBP2a. The fern genes are involved in specific steps of cell wall synthesis.
- femA and femB have been shown to be involved in peptidoglycan pentaglycine interpeptide bridge formation.
- FemA is responsible for the formation of glycines 2 and 3
- FemB is responsible for formation of glycines 4 and 5.
- S. aureus may be involved in the formation of a monoglycine muropeptide precursors.
- FemC-F influence amidation of the iso-D-glutamic acid residue of the peptidoglycan stem peptide, formation of a minor muropeptide with L-alanine instead of glycine at position 1 of the interpeptide bridge, perform a yet unknown function, or are involved in an early step of peptidoglycan precursors biosynthesis (addition of L-lysine), respectively.
- the present invention provides isolated S. aureus polynucleotides and polypeptides shown in Table 1 and SEQ ID NO: 1 through SEQ ID NO:61.
- One aspect of the invention provides isolated nucleic acid molecules comprising or alternatively consisting of polynucleotides having a nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of: (a) a nucleotide sequence shown in Table 1 ; (b) a nucleotide sequence encoding any of the amino acid sequences of the polypeptides shown in Table 1 ; and (c) a nucleotide sequence complementary to any of the nucleotide sequences in (a) or (b).
- the invention further provides for fragments of the nucleic acid molecules of (a), (b) & (c) above.
- nucleic acid molecules that comprise, or alternatively consist of, a polynucleotide having a nucleotide sequence at least 90% identical, and more preferably at least 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identical, to any of the nucleotide sequences in (a), (b) or (c) above, or a polynucleotide which hybridizes under stringent hybridization conditions to a polynucleotide in (a), (b) or (c) above.
- Additional nucleic acid embodiments of the invention relate to isolated nucleic acid molecules comprising polynucleotides which encode the amino acid sequences of epitope-bearing portions of a S. aureus polypeptide having an amino acid sequence in (a) above.
- the present invention also relates to recombinant vectors, which include the isolated nucleic acid molecules of the present invention, and to host cells containing the recombinant vectors, as well as to methods of making such vectors and host cells.
- the present invention further relates to the use of these vectors in the production of S. aureus polypeptides or peptides by recombinant techniques.
- the invention further provides isolated S. aureus polypeptides having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of an amino acid sequence of any of the polypeptides described in Table 1 or fragments thereof.
- the polypeptides of the present invention also include polypeptides having an amino acid sequence with at least 70% similarity, and more preferably at least 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% similarity to those described in Table 1, as well as polypeptides having an amino acid sequence at least 70% identical, more preferably at least 75% identical, and still more preferably 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical to those above; as well as isolated nucleic acid molecules encoding such polypeptides.
- the present invention further provides a vaccine, preferably a multi-component vaccine comprising one or more of the S. aureus polynucleotides or polypeptides described in Table 1, or fragments thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier, or excipient, wherein the S. aureus polypeptide(s) are present in an amount effective to elicit an immune response to members of the Staphylococcus genus, or at least S. aureus, in an animal.
- a vaccine preferably a multi-component vaccine comprising one or more of the S. aureus polynucleotides or polypeptides described in Table 1, or fragments thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier, or excipient, wherein the S. aureus polypeptide(s) are present in an amount effective to elicit an immune response to members of the Staphylococcus genus, or at least S. aureus, in an animal.
- aureus polypeptides of the present invention may further be combined with one or more immunogens of one or more other staphylococcal or non-staphylococcal organisms to produce a multi-component vaccine intended to elicit an immunological response against members of the Staphylococcus genus and, optionally, one or more non-staphylococcal organisms.
- the vaccines of the present invention can be administered in a DNA form, e.g.,
- naked DNA wherein the DNA encodes one or more staphylococcal polypeptides and, optionally, one or more polypeptides of a non-staphylococcal organism.
- the DNA encoding one or more polypeptides may be constructed such that these polypeptides are expressed as fusion proteins.
- the vaccines of the present invention may also be administered as a component of a genetically engineered organism or host cell.
- a genetically engineered organism or host cell which expresses one or more S. aureus polypeptides may be administered to an animal.
- such a genetically engineered organism or host cell may contain one or more S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention intracellularly, on its cell surface, or in its periplasmic space.
- Such a genetically engineered organism or host cell may secrete one or more S. aureus polypeptides.
- the vaccines of the present invention may also be co- administered to an animal with an immune system modulator (e.g., CD86 and GM-CSF).
- the invention also provides a method of inducing an immunological response in an animal to one or more members of the Staphylococcus genus, preferably one or more isolates of the S. aureus species, comprising administering to the animal a vaccine as described above.
- the invention further provides a method of inducing a protective immune response in an animal, sufficient to prevent, attenuate, or control an infection by members of the Staphylococcus genus, preferably at least S.
- aureus species comprising administering to the animal a composition comprising one or more of the polynucleotides or polypeptides described in Table 1, or fragments thereof. Further, these polypeptides, or fragments thereof, may be conjugated to another immunogen and/or administered in admixture with an adjuvant.
- the invention further relates to antibodies elicited in an animal by the administration of one or more S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention and to methods for producing such antibodies and fragments thereof.
- the invention further relates to recombinant antibodies and fragments thereof and to methods for producing such antibodies and fragments thereof.
- the invention also provides diagnostic methods for detecting the expression of the polynucleotides and polypeptides of Table 1 by members of the Staphylococcus genus in a biological or environmental sample.
- One such method involves assaying for the expression of a polynucleotide encoding S. aureus polypeptides in a sample from an animal. This expression may be assayed either directly (e.g., by assaying polypeptide levels using antibodies elicited in response to amino acid sequences described in Table 1) or indirectly (e.g., by assaying for antibodies having specificity for amino acid sequences described in Table 1).
- the expression of polynucleotides can also be assayed by detecting the nucleic acids of Table 1.
- An example of such a method involves the use of the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) to amplify and detect Staphylococcus nucleic acid sequences.
- PCR polymerase chain reaction
- the present invention also relates to nucleic acid probes having all or part of a nucleotide sequence described in Table 1 which are capable of hybridizing under stringent conditions to Staphylococcus nucleic acids.
- the invention further relates to a method of detecting one or more Staphylococcus nucleic acids in a biological sample obtained from an animal, said one or more nucleic acids encoding Staphylococcus polypeptides, comprising: (a) contacting the sample with one or more of the above-described nucleic acid probes, under conditions such that hybridization occurs, and (b) detecting hybridization of said one or more probes to the Staphylococcus nucleic acid present in the biological sample.
- the present invention relates to recombinant antigenic S. aureus polypeptides and fragments thereof.
- the invention also relates to methods for using these polypeptides to produce immunological responses and to confer immunological protection to disease caused by members of the genus Staphylococcus.
- the invention further relates to nucleic acid sequences which encode antigenic S. aureus polypeptides and to methods for detecting Staphylococcus nucleic acids and polypeptides in biological samples.
- the invention also relates to
- Staphylococcus specific antibodies and methods for detecting such antibodies produced in a host animal are provided.
- pathogenic agent means an agent which causes a disease state or affliction in an animal. Included within this definition, for examples, are bacteria, protozoans, fungi, viruses and metazoan parasites which either produce a disease state or render an animal infected with such an organism susceptible to a disease state (e.g., a secondary infection). Further included are species and strains of the genus Staphylococcus which produce disease states in animals.
- organism means any living biological system, including viruses, regardless of whether it is a pathogenic agent.
- Staphylococcus means any species or strain of bacteria which is members of the genus Staphylococcus regardless of whether they are known pathogenic agents.
- one or more S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention means the amino acid sequence of one or more of the S. aureus polypeptides disclosed in Table 1. These polypeptides may be expressed as fusion proteins wherein the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention are linked to additional amino acid sequences which may be of Staphylococcal or non-Staphylococcal origin. This phrase further includes fragments of the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention.
- full-length amino acid sequence and “full-length polypeptide” refer to an amino acid sequence or polypeptide encoded by a full-length open reading frame (ORF).
- ORF open reading frame
- polynucleotide ORFs in Table 1 are defined by the corresponding polypeptide sequences of Table 1 encoded by said polynucleotide. Therefore, a polynucleotide ORF is defined at the 5' end by the first base coding for the initiation codon of the corresponding polypeptide sequence of Table 1 and is defined at the 3' end by the last base of the last codon of said polypeptide sequence.
- the ORFs of the present invention may be claimed by a 5' and 3' position of a polynucleotide sequence of the present invention wherein the first base of said sequence is position 1.
- truncated amino acid sequence and "truncated polypeptide” refer to a sub-sequence of a full-length amino acid sequence or polypeptide.
- Several criteria may also be used to define the truncated amino acid sequence or polypeptide.
- a truncated polypeptide may be defined as a mature polypeptide (e.g., a polypeptide which lacks a leader sequence).
- a truncated polypeptide may also be defined as an amino acid sequence which is a portion of a longer sequence that has been selected for ease of expression in a heterologous system but retains regions which render the polypeptide useful for use in vaccines (e.g., antigenic regions which are expected to elicit a protective immune response).
- Table 1 lists the full length S. aureus polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences of the present invention. Each polynucleotide and polypeptide sequence is proceeded by a gene identifier. Each polynucleotide sequence is followed by at least one polypeptide sequence encoded by said polynucleotide. For some of the sequences of Table 1, a known biological activity and the name of the homolog with similar activity is listed after the gene sequence identifier.
- Table 2 lists accession numbers for the closest matching sequences between the polypeptides of the present invention and those available through GenBank and GeneSeq databases. These reference numbers are the database entry numbers commonly used by those of skill in the art, who will be familar with their denominations. The descriptions of the nomenclature for GenBank are available from the National Center for Biotechnology Information. Column 1 lists the polynucleotide sequence of the present invention. Column 2 lists the accession number of a "match" gene sequence in GenBank or GeneSeq databases. Column 3 lists the description of the "match” gene sequence. Columns 4 and 5 are the high score and smallest sum probability, respectively, calculated by BLAST.
- Polypeptides of the present invention that do not share significant identity/similarity with any polypeptide sequences of GenBank and GeneSeq are not represented in Table 2.
- Polypeptides of the present invention that share significant identity/similarity with more than one of the polypeptides of GenBank and GeneSeq may be represented more than once.
- the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention may include one or more conservative amino acid substitutions from natural mutations or human manipulation as indicated in Table 3. Changes are preferably of a minor nature, such as conservative amino acid substitutions that do not significantly affect the folding or activity of the protein. Residues from the following groups, as indicated in Table 3, may be substituted for one another: Aromatic, Hydrophobic, Polar, Basic, Acidic, and Small, Explanation of Table 4
- Table 4 lists residues comprising antigenic epitopes of antigenic epitope-bearing fragments present in each of the full length S. aureus polypeptides described in Table 1 as predicted by the inventors using the algorithm of Jameson and Wolf, (1988) Comp. Appl. Biosci. 4:181-186.
- the Jameson-Wolf antigenic analysis was performed using the computer program PROTEAN (Version 3.11 for the Power Macintosh, DNASTAR, Inc., 1228 South Park Street Madison, WI).
- S. aureus polypeptides shown in Table 1 may possess one or more antigenic epitopes comprising residues described in Table 4. It will be appreciated that depending on the analytical criteria used to predict antigenic determinants, the exact address of the determinant may vary slightly.
- S. aureus genomic DNA was obtained from the S. aureus strain ISP3.
- S. aureus strain ISP3 has been deposited at the American Type Culture Collection, as a convenience to those of skill in the art.
- the S. aureus strain ISP3 was deposited on 7 April 1998 at the ATCC, 10801 University Boulevard. Manassas, VA 20110-2209, and given accession number 202108.
- polynucleotides of the present invention readily may be obtained by routine application of well known and standard procedures for cloning and sequencing DNA.
- a wide variety of S. aureus strains can be used to prepare S .
- aureus genomic DNA for cloning and for obtaining polynucleotides and polypeptides of the present invention.
- a wide variety of S. aureus strains are available to the public from recognized depository institutions, such as the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC). It is recognized that minor variations is the nucleic acid and amino acid sequence may be expected from S. aureus strain to strain.
- the present invention provides for genes, including both polynucleotides and polypeptides, of the present invention from all the S. aureus strains.
- nucleotide sequences determined by sequencing a DNA molecule herein were determined using an automated DNA sequencer (such as the Model 373 from Applied Biosystems, Inc., Foster City, CA), and all amino acid sequences of polypeptides encoded by DNA molecules determined herein were predicted by translation of a DNA sequence determined as above. Therefore, as is known in the art for any DNA sequence determined by this automated approach, any nucleotide sequence determined herein may contain some errors. Nucleotide sequences determined by automation are typically at least about 90% identical, more typically at least about 95% to at least about 99.9% identical to the actual nucleotide sequence of the sequenced DNA molecule. The actual sequence can be more precisely determined by other approaches including manual DNA sequencing methods well known in the art.
- nucleotide sequence of a nucleic acid molecule or polynucleotide is intended to mean either a DNA or RNA sequence.
- a nucleic acid molecule of the present invention encoding a S. aureus polypeptide may be obtained using standard cloning and screening procedures, such as those for cloning DNAs using genomic DNA as starting material. See, e.g., Sambrook et al. MOLECULAR CLONING: A LABORATORY MANUAL (Cold Spring
- nucleic acid molecule described in Table 1 was discovered in a DNA library derived from a S. aureus ISP3 genomic DNA.
- TCGTCAAACCT TCTCGTT TGACGGAATCGTATGGTTATCATTCTAAAGAAGCT( ⁇ TCATTAGAAGAATTATATAA
- GPTAP TAFNLGEEIDDPL MYANDL TTPVNI-AG PGISVPCGQSNGRPIGLQFIGKPFDEKTLYRVAYQYETQYNLHD
- GCACGATTAATATATATT TAAAACCGAGGCTCTAAAAGGGCGTCGG TTTGGT T TAAAGGTAGCTAAATAAATT
- Nucleic acid molecules of the present invention may be in the form of RNA, such as RNA, or in the form of DNA, including, for instance, DNA and genomic DNA obtained by cloning or produced synthetically.
- the DNA may be double-stranded or single-stranded.
- Single-stranded DNA or RNA may be the coding strand, also known as the sense strand, or it may be the non-coding strand, also referred to as the anti-sense strand.
- isolated polynucleotide sequence is intended a nucleic acid molecule, DNA or RNA, which has been removed from its native environment. This includes segments of DNA comprising the S. aureus polynucleotides of the present invention isolated from the native chromosome. These fragments include both isolated fragments consisting only of S. aureus DNA and fragments comprising heterologous sequences such as vector sequences or other foreign DNA. For example, recombinant DNA molecules contained in a vector are considered isolated for the purposes of the present invention which may be partially or substantially purified. Further examples of isolated DNA molecules include recombinant DNA molecules introduced and maintained in heterologous host cells or purified (partially or substantially) DNA molecules in solution.
- Isolated RNA molecules include in vivo or in vitro RNA transcripts of the DNA molecules of the present invention.
- Isolated nucleic acid molecules according to the present invention further include such molecules produced synthetically which may be partially or substantially purified the excluded RNA or heterologous DNA.
- Isolated nucleic acid molecules e at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 96%, 98%, 99%, or 100% pure relative to herelogous (Staphylococcus or other) (DNA or RNA) or relative to all materials and compounds other than the carrier solution.
- isolated does not refer to genomic or cDNA libraries, whole cell mRNA preparations, genomic DNA digests (including those gel separated by electrophoresis), whole chromosome or sheared whole cell genomic DNA preparations or other compositions where the art demonstrates no distinguishing features of the polynucleotides sequences of the present invention.
- isolated nucleic acid molecules of the invention include DNA molecules which comprise a sequence substantially different from those described above but which, due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, still encode a S. aureus polypeptides and peptides of the present invention (e.g. polypeptides of Table 1). That is, all possible DNA sequences that encode the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention.
- the invention further provides isolated nucleic acid molecules having the nucleotide sequence shown in Table 1 or a nucleic acid molecule having a sequence complementary to one of the above sequences.
- isolated molecules particularly DNA molecules, are useful as probes for gene mapping and for identifying S. aureus in a biological sample, for instance, by PCR or Northern blot analysis.
- the polynucleotides of the present invention are less than 300kb, 200kb, lOOkb, 50kb, 10,kb, 7.5kb, 5kb, 2.5kb, and lkb.
- the polynucleotides comprising the coding sequence for polypeptides of the present invention do not contain genomic flanking gene sequences or contain only genomic flanking gene sequences having regulatory control sequences for the said polynucleotides.
- the present invention is further directed to nucleic acid molecules encoding portions or fragments of the nucleotide sequences described herein.
- Uses for the polynucleotide fragments of the present invention include probes, primers, molecular weight, markers and for expressing the polypeptide fragments of the present invention.
- Fragments include portions of the nucleotide sequences of Table 1, at least 10 contiguous nucleotides in length selected from any two integers, one of which representing a 5' nucleotide position and a second of which representing a 3' nucleotide position, where the first nucleotide for each nucleotide sequence in Table 1 is position 1.
- Every combination of a 5' and 3' nucleotide position that a fragment at least 10 contiguous nucleotides in length could occupy is included in the invention as an individual species.
- "At least" means a fragment may be 10 contiguous nucleotide bases in length or any integer between 10 and the length of an entire nucleotide sequence minus 1. Therefore, included in the invention are contiguous fragments specified by any 5' and 3' nucleotide base positions of a nucleotide sequences of Table 1 wherein the contiguous fragment is any integer between 10 and the length of an entire nucleotide sequence minus 1.
- polynucleotide fragment specified by 5' and 3' positions can be immediately envisaged using the clone description and are therefore not individually listed solely for the purpose of not unnecessarily lengthening the specifications. Although it is particularly pointed out that each of the above described species may be included in or excluded from the present invention.
- polynucleotides fragments of the present invention may alternatively be described by the formula "a to b"; where “a” equals the 5" nucleotide position and “b” equals 3" nucleotide position of the polynucleotide fragment, where “a” equals an integer between 1 and the number of nucleotides of the polynucleotide sequence of the present invention minus 10, where "b” equals an integer between 10 and the number of nucleotides of the polynucleotide sequence of the present invention; and where 'a" is an integer smaller then "b” by at least 10.
- each species of the above formula may be specifically included in, or excluded from, the present invention.
- the invention includes polynucleotides comprising sub-genuses of fragments specified by size, in nucleotides, rather than by nucleotide positions.
- the invention includes any fragment size, in contiguous nucleotides, selected from integers between 10 and the length of an entire nucleotide sequence minus 1.
- Preferred size of contiguous nucleotide fragments include 20 nucleotides, 30 nucleotides, 40 nucleotides, 50 nucleotides, 60 nucleotides, 70 nucleotides, 80 nucleotides, 90 nucleotides, 100 nucleotides, 125 nucleotides, 150 nucleotides, 175 nucleotides, 200 nucleotides.
- nucleotides 250 nucleotides, 300 nucleotides, 350 nucleotides, 400 nucleotides, 450 nucleotides, 500 nucleotides, 550 nucleotides, 600 nucleotides, 650 nucleotides, 700 nucleotides, 750 nucleotides, 800 nucleotides, 850 nucleotides, 900 nucleotides, 950 nucleotides, 1000 nucleotides, 1050 nucleotides, 1100 nucleotides, and 1150 nucleotides.
- Other preferred sizes of contiguous polynucleotide fragments include fragment sizes representing each integer between 50-300.
- nucleic acid fragment of the present invention include nucleic acid molecules encoding epitope-bearing portions of the polynucleotides (e.g., including but not limited to, nucleic acid molecules encoding epitope- bearing portions of the polynucleotides which are shown in Table 4).
- the invention provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide which hybridizes under stringent hybridization conditions to a portion of a polynucleotide in a nucleic acid molecules of the invention described above, for instance, nucleotide sequences of Table 1.
- stringent hybridization conditions is intended overnight incubation at 42°C in a solution comprising: 50% formamide, 5x SSC (750 mM NaCl, 75 mM trisodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.6), 5x Denhardt's solution, 10% dextran sulfate, and 20 ⁇ g/ml denatured, sheared salmon sperm DNA, followed by washing the filters in O.lx SSC at about 65°C.
- Hybridizing polynucleotides are useful as diagnostic probes and primers as discussed above.
- Portions of a polynucleotide which hybridize to a nucleotide sequence in Table 1, which can be used as probes and primers, may be precisely specified by 5' and 3' base positions or by size in nucleotide bases as described above or precisely excluded in the same manner.
- Preferred hybridizing polynucleotdies of the present invention are those that, when labeled and used in a hybridization assay known in the art (e.g. Southern and Northern blot analysis), display the greatest signal strength with the polynucleotides of Table 1 regardless of other heterologous sequences present in equamolar amounts
- nucleic acid molecules of the present invention which encode a S. aureus polypeptide, may include, but are not limited to, nucleic acid molecules encoding the full length
- a nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide may be fused to a marker sequence, such as a sequence encoding a peptide which facilitates purification of the fused polypeptide.
- the marker amino acid sequence is a hexa-histidine peptide, such as the tag provided in a pQE vector (QIAGEN, Inc., 9259 Eton Avenue, Chatsworth, CA, 91311), among others, many of which are commercially available.
- hexa-histidine provides for convenient purification of the fusion protein. See Gentz et al. (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 86:821-24.
- the "HA” tag is another peptide useful for purification which corresponds to an epitope derived from the influenza hemagglutinin protein. See Wilson et al. (1984) Cell 37:767. As discussed below, other such fusion proteins include the S. aureus fused to Fc at the N- or C-terminus.
- the present invention further relates to variants of the nucleic acid molecules which encode portions, analogs or derivatives of a S. aureus polypeptides of Table 1 , and variant polypeptides thereof including portions, analogs, and derivatives of the S. aureus polypeptides.
- Variants may occur naturally, such as a natural allelic variant.
- allelic variant is intended one of several alternate forms of a gene occupying a given locus on a chromosome of an organism. See, e.g., B. Lewin, Genes IV (1990).
- Non-naturally occurring variants may be produced using art-known mutagenesis techniques.
- Such nucleic acid variants include those produced by nucleotide substitutions, deletions, or additions.
- substitutions, deletions, or additions may involve one or more nucleotides.
- the variants may be altered in coding regions, non-coding regions, or both. Alterations in the coding regions may produce conservative or non-conservative amino acid substitutions, deletions or additions. Especially preferred among these are silent substitutions, additions and deletions, which do not alter the properties and activities of a S. aureus protein of the present invention or portions thereof. Also preferred in this regard are conservative substitutions.
- Such polypeptide variants include those produced by amino acid substitutions, deletions or additions.
- the substitutions, deletions, or additions may involve one or more residues.
- Alterations may produce conservative or non-conservative amino acid substitutions, deletions, or additions.
- silent substitutions, additions and deletions which do not alter the properties and activities of a S. aureus protein of the present invention or portions thereof. Also especially preferred in this regard are conservative substitutions.
- the present invention also relates to recombinant vectors, which include the isolated nucleic acid molecules of the present invention, and to host cells containing the recombinant vectors, as well as to methods of making such vectors and host cells and for using them for production of S. aureus polypeptides or peptides by recombinant techniques.
- the present application is directed to nucleic acid molecules at least 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identical to a nucleic acid sequence shown in Table 1.
- the above nucleic acid sequences are included irrespective of whether they encode a polypeptide having S. aureus activity. This is because even where a particular nucleic acid molecule does not encode a polypeptide having S. aureus activity, one of skill in the art would still know how to use the nucleic acid molecule, for instance, as a hybridization probe or primer.
- Uses of the nucleic acid molecules of the present invention that do not encode a polypeptide having S. aureus activity include, inter alia, isolating an S. aureus gene or allelic variants thereof from a DNA library, and detecting S. aureus mRNA expression in biological or environmental samples, suspected of containing S. aureus by Northern Blot analysis or PCR.
- the present invention is further directed to nucleic acid molecules having sequences at least 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identical to the nucleic acid sequence shown in Table 1, which do, in fact, encode a polypeptide having S. aureus protein activity.
- a polypeptide having S. aureus activity is intended polypeptides exhibiting activity similar, but not necessarily identical, to an activity of the S. aureus protein of the invention, as measured in a particular biological assay suitable for measuring activity of the specified protein.
- the biological activity of some of the polypeptides of the presents invention are listed in Table 1, after the name of the closest homolog with similar activity. The biological activities were determined using methods known in the art for the particular biological activity listed.
- the assays known in the art to measure the activity of the polypeptides of Table 2 sharing a high degree of identity, may be used to measure the activity of the corresponding polypeptides of Table 1.
- nucleic acid molecules having a sequence at least 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical to the nucleic acid sequences shown in Table 1 will encode a polypeptide having biological activity.
- degenerate variants of these nucleotide sequences all encode the same polypeptide, this will be clear to the skilled artisan even without performing the above described comparison assay.
- a reasonable number will also encode a polypeptide having biological activity. This is because the skilled artisan is fully aware of amino acid substitutions that are either less likely or not likely to significantly effect protein function (e.g., replacing one aliphatic amino acid with a second aliphatic amino acid), as further described below.
- nucleotide sequence of the polynucleotide is identical to the reference sequence except that the polynucleotide sequence may include up to five point mutations per each 100 nucleotides of the reference nucleotide sequence encoding the S. aureus polypeptide.
- nucleotide sequence at least 95% identical to a reference nucleotide sequence
- up to 5% of the nucleotides in the reference sequence may be deleted, inserted, or substituted with another nucleotide.
- the query sequence may be an entire sequence shown in Table 1, the ORF (open reading frame), or any fragment specified as described herein.
- nucleic acid molecule or polypeptide is at least 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identical to a nucleotide sequence of the presence invention.
- a preferred method for determining the best overall match between a query sequence (a sequence of the present invention) and a subject sequence, also referred to as a global sequence alignment can be determined using the FASTDB computer program based on the algorithm of Brutlag et al. See Brutlag et al. (1990) Comp. App. Biosci. 6:237-245. In a sequence alignment the query and subject sequences are both DNA sequences.
- RNA sequence can be compared by first converting U's to T's. The result of said global sequence alignment is in percent identity.
- the percent identity is corrected by calculating the number of bases of the query sequence that are 5' and 3' of the subject sequence, which are not matched/aligned, as a percent of the total bases of the query sequence. Whether a nucleotide is matched/aligned is determined by results of the FASTDB sequence alignment.
- This percentage is then subtracted from the percent identity, calculated by the above FASTDB program using the specified parameters, to arrive at a final percent identity score.
- This corrected score is what is used for the purposes of the present invention. Only nucleotides outside the 5' and 3' nucleotides of the subject sequence, as displayed by the FASTDB alignment, which are not matched/aligned with the query sequence, are calculated for the purposes of manually adjusting the percent identity score. For example, a 90 nucleotide subject sequence is aligned to a 100 nucleotide query sequence to determine percent identity. The deletions occur at the 5' end of the subject sequence and therefore, the FASTDB alignment does not show a matched/alignment of the first 10 nucleotides at 5' end.
- the 10 unpaired nucleotides represent 10% of the sequence (number of nucleotides at the 5' and 3' ends not matched/total number of nucleotides in the query sequence) so 10% is subtracted from the percent identity score calculated by the FASTDB program. If the remaining 90 nucleotides were perfectly matched the final percent identity would be 90%.
- a 90 nucleotide subject sequence is compared with a 100 nucleotide query sequence. This time the deletions are internal deletions so that there are no nucleotides on the 5' or 3' of the subject sequence which are not matched/aligned with the query. In this case the percent identity calculated by FASTDB is not manually corrected.
- nucleotides 5' and 3' of the subject sequence which are not matched/aligned with the query sequence are manually corrected for. No other manual corrections are made for the purposes of the present invention.
- the present invention also relates to vectors which include the isolated DNA molecules of the present invention, host cells comprising the recombinant vectors, and the production of S. aureus polypeptides and peptides of the present invention expressed by the host cells.
- Recombinant constructs may be introduced into host cells using well known techniques such as infection, transduction, transfection, transvection, electroporation and transformation.
- the vector may be, for example, a phage, plasmid, viral or retroviral vector.
- Retroviral vectors may be replication competent or replication defective. In the latter case, viral propagation generally will occur only in complementing host cells.
- the polynucleotides may be joined to a vector containing a selectable marker for propagation in a host.
- a plasmid vector is introduced in a precipitate, such as a calcium phosphate precipitate, or in a complex with a charged lipid.
- the vector is a virus, it may be packaged in vitro using an appropriate packaging cell line and then transduced into host cells.
- Appropriate transacting factors may be supplied by the host, supplied by a complementing vector or supplied by the vector itself upon introduction into the host.
- the vectors provide for specific expression, which may be inducible and/or cell type-specific. Particularly preferred among such vectors are those inducible by environmental factors that are easy to manipulate, such as temperature and nutrient additives.
- Expression vectors useful in the present invention include chromosomal-, episomal- and virus-derived vectors, e.g., vectors derived from bacterial plasmids, bacteriophage, yeast episomes, yeast chromosomal elements, viruses such as baculoviruses, papova viruses, vaccinia viruses, adenoviruses, fowl pox viruses, pseudorabies viruses and retroviruses, and vectors derived from combinations thereof, such as cosmids and phagemids.
- vectors derived from bacterial plasmids, bacteriophage, yeast episomes, yeast chromosomal elements, viruses such as baculoviruses, papova viruses, vaccinia viruses, adenoviruses, fowl pox viruses, pseudorabies viruses and retroviruses and vectors derived from combinations thereof, such as cosmids and phagemids.
- the DNA insert should be operatively linked to an appropriate promoter, such as the phage lambda PL promoter, the E. coli lac, trp and tac promoters, the SV40 early and late promoters and promoters of retroviral LTRs, to name a few.
- an appropriate promoter such as the phage lambda PL promoter, the E. coli lac, trp and tac promoters, the SV40 early and late promoters and promoters of retroviral LTRs, to name a few.
- Other suitable promoters will be known to the skilled artisan.
- the expression constructs will further contain sites for transcription initiation, termination and, in the transcribed region, a ribosome binding site for translation.
- the coding portion of the mature transcripts expressed by the constructs will preferably include a translation initiating site at the beginning and a termination codon (UAA, UGA or UAG) appropriately positioned at the end of the polypeptide to be translated.
- the expression vectors will preferably include at least one selectable marker.
- markers include dihydrofolate reductase or neomycin resistance for eukaryotic cell culture and tetracycline, kanamycin, or ampicillin resistance genes for culturing in E. coli and other bacteria.
- Representative examples of appropriate hosts include, but are not limited to, bacterial cells, such as E. coli, Streptomyces and Salmonella typhimurium cells; fungal cells, such as yeast cells; insect cells such as Drosophila S2 and Spodoptera Sf9 cells; animal cells such as CHO, COS and Bowes melanoma cells; and plant cells. Appropriate culture mediums and conditions for the above-described host cells are known in the art.
- vectors preferred for use in bacteria include pQE70, pQE60 and pQE9, pQElO available from Qiagen; pBS vectors, Phagescript vectors, Bluescript vectors, pNH8A, pNH16a, pNH18A, pNH46A available from Stratagene; pET series of vectors available from Novagen; and ptrc99a, pKK223-3, pKK233-3, pDR540, pRIT5 available from Pharmacia.
- eukaryotic vectors are pWLNEO, pSV2CAT, pOG44, pXTl and pSG available from Stratagene; and pSVK3, pBPV, pMSG and pSVL available from Pharmacia.
- Other suitable vectors will be readily apparent to the skilled artisan.
- known bacterial promoters suitable for use in the present invention include the E. coli lad and lacL promoters, the T3, T5 and T7 promoters, the gpt promoter, the lambda PR and PL promoters and the trp promoter.
- Suitable eukaryotic promoters include the CMV immediate early promoter, the HSV thymidine kinase promoter, the early and late SV40 promoters, the promoters of retroviral LTRs, such as those of the Rous sarcoma virus (RSV), and metallothionein promoters, such as the mouse metallothionein-I promoter.
- retroviral LTRs such as those of the Rous sarcoma virus (RSV)
- metallothionein promoters such as the mouse metallothionein-I promoter.
- Introduction of the construct into the host cell can be effected by calcium phosphate transfection, D ⁇ A ⁇ -dextran mediated transfection, cationic lipid-mediated transfection, electroporation, transduction, infection or other methods. Such methods are described in many standard laboratory manuals (for example, Davis, et al., Basic Methods In Molecular Biology (1986)).
- Enhancers are cis-acting elements of DNA, usually about from 10 to 300 nucleotides that act to increase transcriptional activity of a promoter in a given host cell-type.
- enhancers include the SV40 enhancer, which is located on the late side of the replication origin at nucleotides 100 to 270, the cytomegalovirus early promoter enhancer, the polyoma enhancer on the late side of the replication origin, and adenovirus enhancers.
- secretion signals may be incorporated into the expressed polypeptide, for example, the amino acid sequence KDEL.
- the signals may be endogenous to the polypeptide or they may be heterologous signals.
- the polypeptide may be expressed in a modified form, such as a fusion protein, and may include not only secretion signals, but also additional heterologous functional regions. For instance, a region of additional amino acids, particularly charged amino acids, may be added to the N-terminus of the polypeptide to improve stability and persistence in the host cell, during purification, or during subsequent handling and storage. Also, peptide moieties may be added to the polypeptide to facilitate purification. Such regions may be removed prior to final preparation of the polypeptide. The addition of peptide moieties to polypeptides to engender secretion or excretion, to improve stability and to facilitate purification, among others, are familiar and routine techniques in the art.
- a preferred fusion protein comprises a heterologous region from immunoglobulin that is useful to solubilize proteins.
- EP-A-O 464 533 (Canadian counterpart 2045869) discloses fusion proteins comprising various portions of constant region of immunoglobulin molecules together with another human protein or part thereof.
- the Fc part in a fusion protein is thoroughly advantageous for use in therapy and diagnosis and thus results, for example, in improved pharmacokinetic properties (EP-A 0232 262).
- Fc portion proves to be a hindrance to use in therapy and diagnosis, for example when the fusion protein is to be used as antigen for immunizations.
- human proteins such as, hJL5-receptor has been fused with Fc portions for the purpose of high-throughput screening assays to identify antagonists of hIL-5. See Bennett, D. et al. (1995) J. Molec. Recogn. 8:52-58 and Johanson, K. et al. (1995) J. Biol. Chem. 270 (16): 9459-9471.
- the S. aureus polypeptides can be recovered and purified from recombinant cell cultures by well-known methods including ammonium sulfate or ethanol precipitation, acid extraction, anion or cation exchange chromatography, phosphocellulose chromatography, hydrophobic interaction chromatography, affinity chromatography, hydroxylapatite chromatography, lectin chromatography and high performance liquid chromatography ("HPLC") is employed for purification.
- Polypeptides of the present invention include naturally purified products, products of chemical synthetic procedures, and products produced by recombinant techniques from a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host, including, for example, bacterial, yeast, higher plant, insect and mammalian cells.
- the invention also encompasses host cells that have been engineered to delete or replace endogenous genetic material (e.g. coding sequences for the polypeptides of the present invention), and/or to include genetic material (e.g. heterologous polynucleotide sequences) that is operably associated with polynucleotides of the present invention, and which activates, alters, and/or amplifies endogenous polynucleotides of the present invention.
- genetic material e.g. heterologous polynucleotide sequences
- the invention further provides an isolated S. aureus polypeptide having an amino acid sequence in Table 1, or a peptide or polypeptide comprising a portion of the above polypeptides.
- polypeptides of the present invention may be produced as multimers including dimers, trimers and tetramers. Multimerization may be facilitated by linkers or recombinantly though heterologous polypeptides such as Fc regions.
- Interferon gamma shows up to ten times higher activities by deleting 8- 10 amino acid residues from the carboxy terminus of the protein See, e.g., Dobeli, et al. (1988) J. Biotechnology 7: 199-216.
- the present invention provides polypeptides having one or more residues from the carboxy terminus of the polypeptides shown in Table 1.
- the invention also provides polypeptides having one or more amino acids deleted from both the amino and the carboxyl termini as described below.
- the present invention is further directed to polynucleotide encoding portions or fragments of the amino acid sequences described herein as well as to portions or fragments of the isolated amino acid sequences described herein. Fragments include portions of the amino acid sequences of Table 1, at least 7 contiguous amino acid in length, selected from any two integers, one of which representing a N-terminal position.
- the first codon of the polypeptides of Table 1 is position 1. Every combination of a N-terminal and C-terminal position that a fragment at least 7 contiguous amino acid residues in length could occupy, on any given amino acid sequence of Table 1 is included in the invention.
- a fragment may be 7 contiguous amino acid residues in length or any integer between 7 and the number of residues in a full length amino acid sequence minus 1. Therefore, included in the invention are contiguous fragments specified by any N-terminal and C-terminal positions of amino acid sequence set forth in Table 1 wherein the contiguous fragment is any integer between 7 and the number of residues in a full length sequence minus 1. Further, the invention includes polypeptides comprising fragments specified by size, in amino acid residues, rather than by N-terminal and C-terminal positions. The invention includes any fragment size, in contiguous amino acid residues, selected from integers between 7 and the number of residues in a full length sequence minus 1.
- Preferred sizes of contiguous polypeptide fragments include about 7 amino acid residues, about 10 amino acid residues, about 20 amino acid residues, about 30 amino acid residues, about 40 amino acid residues, about 50 amino acid residues, about 100 amino acid residues, about 200 amino acid residues, about 300 amino acid residues, and about 400 amino acid residues.
- the preferred sizes are, of course, meant to exemplify, not limit, the present invention as all size fragments representing any integer between 7 and the number of residues in a full length sequence minus 1 are included in the invention.
- the present invention also provides for the exclusion of any fragments specified by N-terminal and C-terminal positions or by size in amino acid residues as described above.
- polypeptide fragments of the present invention can be immediately envisaged using the above description and are therefore not individually listed solely for the purpose of not unnecessarily lengthening the specification.
- the above fragments need not be active since they would be useful, for example, in immunoassays, in epitope mapping, epitope tagging, to generate antibodies to a particular portion of the polypeptide, as vaccines, and as molecular weight markers.
- the invention further includes variations of the S. aureus polypeptides which show substantial S. aureus polypeptide activity or which include regions of S. aureus protein such as the protein portions discussed below.
- Such mutants include deletions, insertions, inversions, repeats, and substitutions selected according to general rules known in the art so as to have little effect on activity. For example, guidance concerning how to make phenotypically silent amino acid substitutions is provided.
- the second approach uses genetic engineering to introduce amino acid changes at specific positions of a cloned gene and selections or screens to identify sequences that maintain functionality.
- conservative substitutions are the replacements, one for another, among the aliphatic amino acids Ala, Val, Leu and lie; interchange of the hydroxyl residues Ser and Thr, exchange of the acidic residues Asp and Glu, substitution between the amide residues Asn and Gin, exchange of the basic residues Lys and Arg and replacements among the aromatic residues Phe, Tyr.
- the fragment, derivative, analog, or homolog of the polypeptide of Table 1 may be, for example: (i) one in which one or more of the amino acid residues are substituted with a conserved or non-conserved amino acid residue (preferably a conserved amino acid residue) and such substituted amino acid residue may or may not be one encoded by the genetic code: or (ii) one in which one or more of the amino acid residues includes a substituent group: or (iii) one in which the S.
- aureus polypeptide is fused with another compound, such as a compound to increase the half-life of the polypeptide (for example, polyethylene glycol): or (iv) one in which the additional amino acids are fused to the above form of the polypeptide, such as an IgG Fc fusion region peptide or leader or secretory sequence or a sequence which is employed for purification of the above form of the polypeptide or a proprotein sequence.
- a compound to increase the half-life of the polypeptide for example, polyethylene glycol
- additional amino acids fused to the above form of the polypeptide, such as an IgG Fc fusion region peptide or leader or secretory sequence or a sequence which is employed for purification of the above form of the polypeptide or a proprotein sequence.
- the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention may include one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions, or additions, either from natural mutations or human manipulation. As indicated, changes are preferably of a minor nature, such as conservative amino acid substitutions that do not significantly affect the folding or activity of the protein (see Table 3).
- Amino acids in the S. aureus proteins of the present invention that are essential for function can be identified by methods known in the art, such as site-directed mutagenesis or alanine-scanning mutagenesis. See, e.g., Cunningham et al. (1989) Science 244: 1081-1085. The latter procedure introduces single alanine mutations at every residue in the molecule. The resulting mutant molecules are then tested for biological activity using assays appropriate for measuring the function of the particular protein.
- polypeptides of the present invention are preferably provided in an isolated form, and may partially or substantially purified. A recombinantly produced version of the S.
- aureus polypeptide can be substantially purified by the one-step method described by Smith et al. (1988) Gene 67:31-40.
- Polypeptides of the invention also can be purified from natural or recombinant sources using antibodies directed against the polypeptides of the invention in methods which are well known in the art of protein purification.
- the purity of the polypeptide of the present invention may also specified in percent purity as relative to heterologous containing polypeptides.
- Preferred purities include at least 25%, 50%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, 99.5%, 99.75%, and 100% pure, as relative to heretologous containing polypeptides.
- the invention provides for isolated S. aureus polypeptides comprising an the amino acid sequence of a full-length S. aureus polypeptide having the complete amino acid sequence shown in Table 1 and the amino acid sequence of a full-length S. aureus polypeptide having the complete amino acid sequence shown in Table 1 excepting the N-terminal methionine
- the polypeptides of the present invention also include polypeptides having an amino acid sequence at least 80% identical, more preferably at least 90% identical, and still more preferably 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identical to those described in (a), (b), (c), and (d) above.
- polypeptides of the present invention include polypeptides which have at least 90% similarity, more preferably at least 95% similarity, and still more preferably at least 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% similarity to those described above.
- a further embodiment of the invention relates to a polypeptide which comprises the amino acid sequence of a S. aureus polypeptide having an amino acid sequence which contains at least one conservative amino acid substitution, but not more than 50 conservative amino acid substitutions, not more than 40 conservative amino acid substitutions, not more than 30 conservative amino acid substitutions, and not more than 20 conservative amino acid substitutions.
- polypeptides which comprise the amino acid sequence of a S. aureus polypeptide having at least one, but not more than 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2 or 1 conservative amino acid substitutions.
- polypeptide having an amino acid sequence at least, for example, 95% "identical" to a query amino acid sequence of the present invention it is intended that the amino acid sequence of the subject polypeptide is identical to the query sequence except that the subject polypeptide sequence may include up to five amino acid alterations per each 100 amino acids of the query amino acid sequence.
- up to 5% (5 of 100) of the amino acid residues in the subject sequence may be inserted, deleted, (indels) or substituted with another amino acid.
- alterations of the reference sequence may occur at the amino or carboxy terminal positions of the reference amino acid sequence or anywhere between those terminal positions, interspersed either individually among residues in the reference sequence or in one or more contiguous groups within the reference sequence.
- whether any particular polypeptide is at least 90%, 95%, 96%,
- amino acid sequences shown in Table 1 can be determined conventionally using known computer programs.
- a preferred method for determining the best overall match between a query sequence (a sequence of the present invention) and a subject sequence, also referred to as a global sequence alignment can be determined using the FASTDB computer program based on the algorithm of Brutlag et al., (1990) Comp. App. Biosci. 6:237-245.
- the query and subject sequences are both amino acid sequences.
- the result of said global sequence alignment is in percent identity.
- the results, in percent identity must be manually corrected. This is because the FASTDB program does not account for N- and C-terminal truncations of the subject sequence when calculating global percent identity.
- the percent identity is corrected by calculating the number of residues of the query sequence that are N- and C- terminal of the subject sequence, which are not matched/aligned with a corresponding subject residue, as a percent of the total bases of the query sequence. Whether a residue is matched/aligned is determined by results of the FASTDB sequence alignment.
- This percentage is then subtracted from the percent identity, calculated by the above FASTDB program using the specified parameters, to arrive at a final percent identity score.
- This final percent identity score is what is used for the purposes of the present invention. Only residues to the N- and C- termini of the subject sequence, which are not matched/aligned with the query sequence, are considered for the purposes of manually adjusting the percent identity score. That is, only query amino acid residues outside the farthest N- and C-terminal residues of the subject sequence. For example, a 90 amino acid residue subject sequence is aligned with a 100 residue query sequence to determine percent identity. The deletion occurs at the N-terminus of the subject sequence and therefore, the FASTDB alignment does not match/align with the first 10 residues at the N-terminus.
- the 10 unpaired residues represent 10% of the sequence (number of residues at the N- and C- termini not matched/total number of residues in the query sequence) so 10% is subtracted from the percent identity score calculated by the FASTDB program. If the remaining 90 residues were perfectly matched the final percent identity would be 90%.
- a 90 residue subject sequence is compared with a 100 residue query sequence. This time the deletions are internal so there are no residues at the N- or C- termini of the subject sequence which are not matched/aligned with the query. In this case the percent identity calculated by FASTDB is not manually corrected.
- polypeptide sequences are included irrespective of whether they have their normal biological activity. This is because even where a particular polypeptide molecule does not have biological activity, one of skill in the art would still know how to use the polypeptide, for instance, as a vaccine or to generate antibodies.
- Other uses of the polypeptides of the present invention that do not have S. aureus activity include, ter alia, as epitope tags, in epitope mapping, and as molecular weight markers on SDS-PAGE gels or on molecular sieve gel filtration columns using methods known to those of skill in the art.
- polypeptides of the present invention can also be used to raise polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies, which are useful in assays for detecting S. aureus protein expression or as agonists and antagonists capable of enhancing or inhibiting S. aureus protein function.
- polypeptides can be used in the yeast two-hybrid system to "capture" S. aureus protein binding proteins which are also candidate agonists and antagonists according to the present invention. See, e.g., Fields et al. (1989) Nature 340:245-246.
- the invention provides peptides and polypeptides comprising epitope-bearing portions of the polypeptides of the present invention.
- These epitopes are immunogenic or antigenic epitopes of the polypeptides of the present invention.
- An "immunogenic epitope” is defined as a part of a protein that elicits an antibody response when the whole protein or polypeptide is the immunogen.
- a region of a protein molecule to which an antibody can bind is defined as an "antigenic determinant" or "antigenic epitope.”
- the number of immunogenic epitopes of a protein generally is less than the number of antigenic epitopes. See, e.g., Geysen, et al.
- Table 4 Predicted antigenic epitopes are shown in Table 4, below. It is pointed out that Table 4 only lists amino acid residues comprising epitopes predicted to have the highest degree of antigenicity by particular algorithm. The polypeptides not listed in Table 4 and portions of polypeptides not listed in Table 4 are not considered non-antigenic. This is because they may still be antigenic in vivo but merely not recognized as such by the particular algorithm used. Thus, Table 4 lists the amino acid residues comprising only preferred antigenic epitopes, not a complete list.
- peptides or polypeptides bearing an antigenic epitope i.e., that contain a region of a protein molecule to which an antibody can bind
- relatively short synthetic peptides that mimic part of a protein sequence are routinely capable of eliciting an antiserum that reacts with the partially mimicked protein. See, e.g., Sutcliffe, et al., (1983) Science 219:660-666.
- Peptides capable of eliciting protein-reactive sera are frequently represented in the primary sequence of a protein, can be characterized by a set of simple chemical rules, and are confined neither to immunodominant regions of intact proteins (i.e., immunogenic epitopes) nor to the amino or carboxyl terminals. Peptides that are extremely hydrophobic and those of six or fewer residues generally are ineffective at inducing antibodies that bind to the mimicked protein; longer, peptides, especially those containing proline residues, usually are effective. See, Sutcliffe, et al., supra, p. 661.
- 18 of 20 peptides designed according to these guidelines containing 8-39 residues covering 75% of the sequence of the influenza virus hemagglutinin HAl polypeptide chain, induced antibodies that reacted with the HAl protein or intact virus; and 12/12 peptides from the MuLV polymerase and 18/18 from the rabies glycoprotein induced antibodies that precipitated the respective proteins.
- Antigenic epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides of the invention are therefore useful to raise antibodies, including monoclonal antibodies, that bind specifically to a polypeptide of the invention.
- a high proportion of hybridomas obtained by fusion of spleen cells from donors immunized with an antigen epitope-bearing peptide generally secrete antibody reactive with the native protein. See Sutcliffe, et al, supra, p. 663.
- the antibodies raised by antigenic epitope-bearing peptides or polypeptides are useful to detect the mimicked protein, and antibodies to different peptides may be used for tracking the fate of various regions of a protein precursor which undergoes post-translational processing.
- the peptides and anti-peptide antibodies may be used in a variety of qualitative or quantitative assays for the mimicked protein, for instance in competition assays since it has been shown that even short peptides (e.g., about 9 amino acids) can bind and displace the larger peptides in immunoprecipitation assays. See, e.g., Wilson, et al., (1984) Cell 37:767-778.
- the anti-peptide antibodies of the invention also are useful for purification of the mimicked protein, for instance, by adsorption chromatography using methods known in the art.
- Antigenic epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides of the invention designed according to the above guidelines preferably contain a sequence of at least seven, more preferably at least nine and most preferably between about 10 to about 50 amino acids (i.e. any integer between 7 and 50) contained within the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention.
- peptides or polypeptides comprising a larger portion of an amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention, containing about 50 to about 100 amino acids, or any length up to and including the entire amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention also are considered epitope-bearing peptides or polypeptides of the invention and also are useful for inducing antibodies that react with the mimicked protein.
- the amino acid sequence of the epitope-bearing peptide is selected to provide substantial solubility in aqueous solvents (i.e., the sequence includes relatively hydrophilic residues and highly hydrophobic sequences are preferably avoided); and sequences containing proline residues are particularly preferred.
- Non-limiting examples of antigenic polypeptides or peptides that can be used to generate an Staphylococcal-specific immune response or antibodies include fragments of the amino acid sequences of Table 1 as discussed above.
- Table 4 discloses a list of non-limiting residues that are involved in the antigenicity of the epitope-bearing fragments of the present invention. Therefore, also included in the present inventions are isolated and purified antigenic epitope-bearing fragments of the polypeptides of the present invention comprising a peptide sequences of Table 4.
- the antigenic epitope-bearing fragments comprising a peptide sequence of Table 4 preferably contain between 7 to 50 amino acids (i.e. any integer between 7 and 50) of a polypeptide of the present invention.
- antigenic polypeptides between the integers of 7 and the full length sequence of a polypeptide of Table 1 comprising 1 or more amino acid sequences of Table 4. Therefore, in most cases, the polypeptides of Table 4 make up only a portion of the antigenic polypeptide. All combinations of sequences between the integers of 7 and the full sequence of a polypeptide sequence of Table 1 are included.
- the antigenic epitope-bearing fragments may be specified by either the number of contiguous amino acid residues or by specific N-terminal and C-terminal positions as described above for the polypeptide fragments of the present invention, wherein the first codon of each polypeptide sequence of Table 1 is position 1.
- the epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides of the invention may be produced by any conventional means for making peptides or polypeptides including recombinant means using nucleic acid molecules of the invention.
- an epitope-bearing amino acid sequence of the present invention may be fused to a larger polypeptide which acts as a carrier during recombinant production and purification, as well as during immunization to produce anti-peptide antibodies.
- Epitope-bearing peptides also may be synthesized using known methods of chemical synthesis.
- Houghten has described a simple method for synthesis of large numbers of peptides, such as 10-20 mg of 248 different 13 residue peptides representing single amino acid variants of a segment of the HAl polypeptide which were prepared and characterized (by ELIS A-type binding studies) in less than four weeks (Houghten, R. A. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:5131-5135 (1985)).
- This "Simultaneous Multiple Peptide Synthesis (SMPS)" process is further described in U.S. Patent No. 4,631,211 to Houghten and coworkers (1986).
- animals may be immunized with free peptide; however, anti-peptide antibody titer may be boosted by coupling of the peptide to a macromolecular carrier, such as keyhole limpet hemacyanin (KLH) or tetanus toxoid.
- KLH keyhole limpet hemacyanin
- peptides containing cysteine may be coupled to carrier using a linker such as m-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (MBS), while other peptides may be coupled to carrier using a more general linking agent such as glutaraldehyde.
- Animals such as rabbits, rats and mice are immunized with either free or carrier-coupled peptides, for instance, by intraperitoneal and/or intradermal injection of emulsions containing about 100 ⁇ g peptide or carrier protein and Freund's adjuvant. Several booster injections may be needed, for instance, at intervals of about two weeks, to provide a useful titer of anti-peptide antibody which can be detected, for example, by ELISA assay using free peptide adsorbed to a solid surface.
- the titer of anti-peptide antibodies in serum from an immunized animal may be increased by selection of anti-peptide antibodies, for instance, by adsorption to the peptide on a solid support and elution of the selected antibodies according to methods well known in the art.
- Immunogenic epitope-bearing peptides of the invention i.e., those parts of a protein that elicit an antibody response when the whole protein is the immunogen, are identified according to methods known in the art. For instance, Geysen, et al, supra, discloses a procedure for rapid concurrent synthesis on solid supports of hundreds of peptides of sufficient purity to react in an ELISA.
- a peptide bearing an immunogenic epitope of a desired protein may be identified routinely by one of ordinary skill in the art.
- the immunologically important epitope in the coat protein of foot-and-mouth disease virus was located by Geysen et al. supra with a resolution of seven amino acids by synthesis of an overlapping set of all 208 possible hexapeptides covering the entire 213 amino acid sequence of the protein.
- a complete replacement set of peptides in which all 20 amino acids were substituted in turn at every position within the epitope were synthesized, and the particular amino acids conferring specificity for the reaction with antibody were determined.
- peptide analogs of the epitope-bearing peptides of the invention can be made routinely by this method.
- U.S. Patent No. 4,708,781 to Geysen (1987) further describes this method of identifying a peptide bearing an immunogenic epitope of a desired protein.
- U.S. Patent No. 5,194,392, to Geysen (1990) describes a general method of detecting or determining the sequence of monomers (amino acids or other compounds) which is a topological equivalent of the epitope (i.e., a "mimotope") which is complementary to a particular paratope (antigen binding site) of an antibody of interest. More generally, U.S. Patent No. 4,433,092, also to Geysen (1989), describes a method of detecting or determining a sequence of monomers which is a topographical equivalent of a ligand which is complementary to the ligand binding site of a particular receptor of interest. Similarly, U.S. Patent No. 5,480,971 to Houghten, R. A.
- polypeptides of the present invention and the epitope-bearing fragments thereof described above can be combined with parts of the constant domain of immunoglobulins (IgG), resulting in chimeric polypeptides.
- IgG immunoglobulins
- These fusion proteins facilitate purification and show an increased half-life in vivo. This has been shown, e.g., for chimeric proteins consisting of the first two domains of the human CD4-polypeptide and various domains of the constant regions of the heavy or light chains of mammalian immunoglobulins. (EPA 0,394,827; Traunecker et al. (1988) Nature 331:84-86.
- Fusion proteins that have a disulfide-linked dimeric structure due to the IgG part can also be more efficient in binding and neutralizing other molecules than a monomeric S. aureus polypeptide or fragment thereof alone. See Fountoulakis et al. (1995) J. Biochem. 270:3958-3964. Nucleic acids encoding the above epitopes of S. aureus polypeptides can also be recombined with a gene of interest as an epitope tag to aid in detection and purification of the expressed polypeptide.
- S. aureus polypeptide-specific antibodies for use in the present invention can be raised against the intact polypeptides of the present invention or an antigenic polypeptide fragment thereof, which may be presented together with a carrier protein, such as an albumin, to an animal system (such as rabbit or mouse) or, if it is long enough, without a carrier.
- a carrier protein such as an albumin
- antibody As used herein, the term "antibody” (Ab) or “monoclonal antibody” (Mab) is meant to include intact molecules, single chain whole antibodies, and antibody fragments.
- Antibody fragments of the present invention include Fab and F(ab')2 and other fragments including single-chain Fvs (scFv) and disulfide-linked Fvs (sdFv). Also included in the present invention are chimeric and humanized monoclonal antibodies and polyclonal antibodies specific for the polypeptides of the present invention.
- the antibodies of the present invention may be prepared by any of a variety of methods.
- cells expressing a polypeptide of the present invention or an antigenic fragment thereof can be administered to an animal in order to induce the production of sera containing polyclonal antibodies.
- a preparation of a polypeptide of the present invention or fragment thereof is prepared and purified to render it substantially free of natural contaminants. Such a preparation is then introduced into an animal in order to produce polyclonal antisera of greater specific activity.
- the antibodies of the present invention are monoclonal antibodies or binding fragments thereof.
- Such monoclonal antibodies can be prepared using hybridoma technology. See, e.g., Harlow et al., ANTIBODIES: A LABORATORY MANUAL, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed. 1988); Hammerling, et al., in: MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES AND T-CELL HYBRIDOMAS 563-681 (Elsevier, N.Y., 1981).
- Fab and F(ab')2 fragments may be produced by proteolytic cleavage, using enzymes such as papain (to produce Fab fragments) or pepsin (to produce F(ab')2 fragments).
- enzymes such as papain (to produce Fab fragments) or pepsin (to produce F(ab')2 fragments).
- S. aureus polypeptide-binding fragments, chimeric, and humanized antibodies can be produced through the application of recombinant DNA technology or through synthetic chemistry using methods known in the art.
- additional antibodies capable of binding to the polypeptide antigen of the present invention may be produced in a two-step procedure through the use of anti-idiotypic antibodies.
- Such a method makes use of the fact that antibodies are themselves antigens, and that, therefore, it is possible to obtain an antibody which binds to a second antibody.
- S. aureus polypeptide-specific antibodies are used to immunize an animal, preferably a mouse.
- the splenocytes of such an animal are then used to produce hybridoma cells, and the hybridoma cells are screened to identify clones which produce an antibody whose ability to bind to the S. aureus polypeptide-specific antibody can be blocked by the S. aureus polypeptide antigen.
- Such antibodies comprise anti-idiotypic antibodies to the S. aureus polypeptide-specific antibody and can be used to immunize an animal to induce formation of further S. aureus polypeptide-specific antibodies.
- Antibodies and fragments thereof of the present invention may be described by the portion of a polypeptide of the present invention recognized or specifically bound by the antibody.
- Antibody binding fragments of a polypeptide of the present invention may be described or specified in the same manner as for polypeptide fragments discussed above., i.e, by N-terminal and C-terminal positions or by size in contiguous amino acid residues.
- the present invention includes antibodies that specifically bind a particularly described fragment of a polypeptide of the present invention and allows for the exclusion of the same.
- Antibodies and fragments thereof of the present invention may also be described or specified in terms of their cross-reactivity.
- Antibodies and fragments that do not bind polypeptides of any other species of Staphylococcus other than S. aureus or that only bind a particular strain of S. aureus are included in the present invention.
- antibodies and fragments that bind only species of Staphylococcus i.e. antibodies and fragments that do not bind bacteria from any genus other than Staphylococcus, are included in the present invention.
- Antibodies and fragments thereof of the present invention may also be described or specified in terms of their binding affinity.
- Preferred binding affinities include 10 "7 M, 10 "8 M, 10 "9 M, 10 I0 M, 10 U M, 10 12 M and 10 !3 M.
- the present invention further relates to methods for assaying staphylococcal infection in an animal by detecting the expression of genes encoding staphylococcal polypeptides of the present invention.
- the methods comprise analyzing tissue or body fluid from the animal for Staphylococcus-specific antibodies, nucleic acids, or proteins. Analysis of nucleic acid specific to Staphylococcus is assayed by PCR or hybridization techniques using nucleic acid sequences of the present invention as either hybridization probes or primers. See, e.g., Sambrook et al. Molecular cloning: A Laboratory Manual (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed., 1989, page 54 reference); Eremeeva et al. (1994) J. Clin. Microbiol.
- the present invention is useful for monitoring progression or regression of the disease state by measuring the amount of Staphylococcus cells present in a patient or whereby patients exhibiting enhanced Staphylococcus gene expression will experience a worse clinical outcome relative to patients expressing these gene(s) at a lower level.
- biological sample any biological sample obtained from an animal, cell line, tissue culture, or other source which contains Staphylococcus polypeptide, mRNA, or DNA.
- Biological samples include body fluids (such as saliva, blood, plasma, urine, mucus, synovial fluid, etc.) tissues (such as muscle, skin, and cartilage) and any other biological source suspected of containing Staphylococcus polypeptides or nucleic acids. Methods for obtaining biological samples such as tissue are well known in the art.
- the present invention is useful for detecting diseases related to Staphylococcus infections in animals.
- Preferred animals include monkeys, apes, cats, dogs, birds, cows, pigs, mice, horses, rabbits and humans. Particularly preferred are humans.
- Total RNA can be isolated from a biological sample using any suitable technique such as the single-step guanidinium-thiocyanate-phenol-chloroform method described in Chomczynski et al. (1987) Anal. Biochem. 162:156-159.
- mRNA encoding Staphylococcus polypeptides having sufficient homology to the nucleic acid sequences identified in Table 1 to allow for hybridization between complementary sequences are then assayed using any appropriate method. These include Northern blot analysis, S 1 nuclease mapping, the polymerase chain reaction (PCR), reverse transcription in combination with the polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR), and reverse transcription in combination with the ligase chain reaction (RT-LCR).
- PCR polymerase chain reaction
- RT-PCR reverse transcription in combination with the polymerase chain reaction
- RT-LCR reverse transcription in combination with the ligase chain reaction
- RNA is prepared from a biological sample as described above.
- an appropriate buffer such as glyoxal/dimethyl sulfoxide/sodium phosphate buffer
- the filter is prehybridized in a solution containing formamide, SSC, Denhardt's solution, denatured salmon sperm, SDS, and sodium phosphate buffer.
- aureus polynucleotide sequence shown in Table 1 labeled according to any appropriate method such as the 32 P-multiprimed DNA labeling system (Amersham) is used as probe. After hybridization overnight, the filter is washed and exposed to x-ray film.
- DNA for use as probe according to the present invention is described in the sections above and will preferably at least 15 nucleotides in length.
- SI mapping can be performed as described in Fujita et al. (1987) Cell 49:357-367.
- probe DNA for use in S 1 mapping, the sense strand of an above-described S. aureus DNA sequence of the present invention is used as a template to synthesize labeled antisense DNA.
- the antisense DNA can then be digested using an appropriate restriction endonuclease to generate further DNA probes of a desired length.
- Such antisense probes are useful for visualizing protected bands corresponding to the target mRNA (i.e., mRNA encoding polypeptides of the present invention).
- Levels of mRNA encoding Staphylococcus polypeptides are assayed, for e.g.
- this method involves adding total RNA isolated from a biological sample in a reaction mixture containing a RT primer and appropriate buffer. After incubating for primer annealing, the mixture can be supplemented with a RT buffer, dNTPs, DTT, RNase inhibitor and reverse transcriptase. After incubation to achieve reverse transcription of the RNA, the RT products are then subject to PCR using labeled primers.
- a labeled dNTP can be included in the PCR reaction mixture.
- PCR amplification can be performed in a DNA thermal cycler according to conventional techniques. After a suitable number of rounds to achieve amplification, the PCR reaction mixture is electrophoresed on a polyacrylamide gel. After drying the gel, the radioactivity of the appropriate bands (corresponding to the mRNA encoding the Staphylococcus polypeptides of the present invention) are quantified using an imaging analyzer. RT and PCR reaction ingredients and conditions, reagent and gel concentrations, and labeling methods are well known in the art. Variations on the RT-PCR method will be apparent to the skilled artisan. Other PCR methods that can detect the nucleic acid of the present invention can be found in PCR PPJMER: A LABORATORY MANUAL (C.W. Dieffenbach et al. eds., Cold Spring Harbor Lab Press, 1995).
- the polynucleotides of the present invention may be used to detect polynucleotides of the present invention or Staphylococcus species including S. aureus using bio chip technology.
- the present invention includes both high density chip arrays (>1000 oligonucleotides per cm 2 ) and low density chip arrays ( ⁇ 1000 oligonucleotides per cm 2 ).
- Bio chips comprising arrays of polynucleotides of the present invention may be used to detect Staphylococcus species, including S. aureus, in biological and environmental samples and to diagnose an animal, including humans, with an S. aureus or other Staphylococcus infection.
- the bio chips of the present invention may comprise polynucleotide sequences of other pathogens including bacteria, viral, parasitic, and fungal polynucleotide sequences, in addition to the polynucleotide sequences of the present invention, for use in rapid differential pathogenic detection and diagnosis.
- the bio chips can also be used to monitor an S. aureus or other Staphylococcus infections and to monitor the genetic changes (deletions, insertions, mismatches, etc.) in response to drug therapy in the clinic and drug development in the laboratory.
- the bio chip technology comprising arrays of polynucleotides of the present invention may also be used to simultaneously monitor the expression of a multiplicity of genes, including those of the present invention.
- the polynucleotides used to comprise a selected array may be specified in the same manner as for the fragments, i.e, by their 5' and 3' positions or length in contigious base pairs and include from.
- Methods and particular uses of the polynucleotides of the present invention to detect Staphylococcus species, including S. aureus, using bio chip technology include those known in the art and those of: U.S. Patent Nos. 5510270, 5545531, 5445934, 5677195, 5532128, 5556752, 5527681, 5451683, 5424186, 5607646, 5658732 and World Patent Nos. WO/9710365, WO/9511995, WO/9743447, WO/9535505, each incorporated herein in their entireties.
- Biosensors using the polynucleotides of the present invention may also be used to detect, diagnose, and monitor S. aureus or other Staphylococcus species and infections thereof. Biosensors using the polynucleotides of the present invention may also be used to detect particular polynucleotides of the present invention. Biosensors using the polynucleotides of the present invention may also be used to monitor the genetic changes (deletions, insertions, mismatches, etc.) in response to drug therapy in the clinic and drug development in the laboratory. Methods and particular uses of the polynucleotides of the present invention to detect Staphylococcus species, including S. aureus, using biosenors include those known in the art and those of: U.S. Patent Nos 5721102, 5658732, 5631170, and World Patent Nos. WO97/35011, WO/9720203, each incorporated herein in their entireties.
- the present invention includes both bio chips and biosensors comprising polynucleotides of the present invention and methods of their use.
- Staphylococcus polypeptide levels in a biological sample can occur using any art-known method, such as antibody-based techniques.
- Staphylococcus polypeptide expression in tissues can be studied with classical immunohistological methods.
- the specific recognition is provided by the primary antibody (polyclonal or monoclonal) but the secondary detection system can utilize fluorescent, enzyme, or other conjugated secondary antibodies.
- an immunohistological staining of tissue section for pathological examination is obtained.
- Tissues can also be extracted, e.g., with urea and neutral detergent, for the liberation of Staphylococcus polypeptides for Western-blot or dot/slot assay. See, e.g., Jalkanen, M.
- a Staphylococcus polypeptide-specific monoclonal antibodies can be used both as an immunoabsorbent and as an enzyme-labeled probe to detect and quantify a Staphylococcus polypeptide.
- the amount of a Staphylococcus polypeptide present in the sample can be calculated by reference to the amount present in a standard preparation using a linear regression computer algorithm.
- Such an ELISA is described in Iacobelli et al. (1988) Breast Cancer Research and Treatment 11:19-30.
- two distinct specific monoclonal antibodies can be used to detect Staphylococcus polypeptides in a body fluid. In this assay, one of the antibodies is used as the immunoabsorbent and the other as the enzyme-labeled probe.
- the above techniques may be conducted essentially as a "one-step” or “two-step” assay.
- the "one-step” assay involves contacting the Staphylococcus polypeptide with immobilized antibody and, without washing, contacting the mixture with the labeled antibody.
- the "two-step” assay involves washing before contacting the mixture with the labeled antibody.
- Other conventional methods may also be employed as suitable. It is usually desirable to immobilize one component of the assay system on a support, thereby allowing other components of the system to be brought into contact with the component and readily removed from the sample. Variations of the above and other immunological methods included in the present invention can also be found in Harlow et al., ANTIBODIES: A LABORATORY MANUAL, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed. 1988).
- Suitable enzyme labels include, for example, those from the oxidase group, which catalyze the production of hydrogen peroxide by reacting with substrate.
- Glucose oxidase is particularly preferred as it has good stability and its substrate (glucose) is readily available.
- Activity of an oxidase label may be assayed by measuring the concentration of hydrogen peroxide formed by the enzyme-labeled antibody/substrate reaction.
- radioisotopes such as iodine ( 125 1, 121 I), carbon ( 14 C), sulphur ( 35 S), tritium ( 3 H), indium ( 112 In), and technetium ( 99n Tc), and fluorescent labels, such as fluorescein and rhodamine, and biotin.
- suitable labels for the Staphylococcus polypeptide-specific antibodies of the present invention are provided below.
- suitable enzyme labels include malate dehydrogenase, Staphylococcus nuclease, delta-5-steroid isomerase, yeast-alcohol dehydrogenase, alpha-glycerol phosphate dehydrogenase, triose phosphate isomerase, peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, asparaginase, glucose oxidase, beta-galactosidase, ribonuclease, urease, catalase, glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase, glucoamylase, and acetylcholine esterase.
- radioisotopic labels examples include 3 H, In, 125 1, 131 1, 32 P, 35 S, 14 C, 51 Cr, 57 To, 58 Co, 59 Fe, 75 Se, ,52 Eu, 90 Y, 67 Cu, 217 Ci, 2n At, 212 Pb, 47 Sc, 109 Pd, etc.
- ⁇ n In is a preferred isotope where in vivo imaging is used since its avoids the problem of dehalogenation of the 125 I or 131 I-labeled monoclonal antibody by the liver.
- this radionucleotide has a more favorable gamma emission energy for imaging. See, e.g., Perkins et al. (1985) Eur. J. Nucl. Med.
- non-radioactive isotopic labels examples include 157 Gd, 55 Mn, 162 Dy, 52 Tr, and 56 Fe.
- fluorescent labels examples include an 152 Eu label, a fluorescein label, an isothiocyanate label, a rhodamine label, a phycoerythrin label, a phycocyanin label, an allophycocyanin label, an o-phthaldehyde label, and a fluorescamine label.
- Suitable toxin labels include, Pseudomonas toxin, diphtheria toxin, ricin, and cholera toxin.
- chemiluminescent labels include a luminal label, an isoluminal label, an aromatic acridinium ester label, an imidazole label, an acridinium salt label, an oxalate ester label, a luciferin label, a luciferase label, and an aequorin label.
- nuclear magnetic resonance contrasting agents examples include heavy metal nuclei such as Gd, Mn, and iron.
- Typical techniques for binding the above-described labels to antibodies are provided by Kennedy et al. (1976) Clin. Chim. Acta 70: 1-31, and Schurs et al. (1977) Clin. Chim. Acta 81: 1-40. Coupling techniques mentioned in the latter are the glutaraldehyde method, the periodate method, the dimaleimide method, the m-maleimidobenzyl-N-hydroxy-succinimide ester method, all of which methods are incorporated by reference herein.
- the invention includes a diagnostic kit for use in screening serum containing antibodies specific against S. aureus infection.
- a kit may include an isolated S. aureus antigen comprising an epitope which is specifically immunoreactive with at least one anti-S. aureus antibody.
- Such a kit also includes means for detecting the binding of said antibody to the antigen.
- the kit may include a recombinantly produced or chemically synthesized peptide or polypeptide antigen.
- the peptide or polypeptide antigen may be attached to a solid support.
- the detecting means of the above-described kit includes a solid support to which said peptide or polypeptide antigen is attached.
- kit may also include a non-attached reporter-labeled anti-human antibody.
- binding of the antibody to the S. aureus antigen can be detected by binding of the reporter labeled antibody to the anti-S. aureus polypeptide antibody.
- the invention includes a method of detecting S. aureus infection in a subject.
- This detection method includes reacting a body fluid, preferably serum, from the subject with an isolated S. aureus antigen, and examining the antigen for the presence of bound antibody.
- the method includes a polypeptide antigen attached to a solid support, and serum is reacted with the support. Subsequently, the support is reacted with a reporter-labeled anti-human antibody. The support is then examined for the presence of reporter-labeled antibody.
- the solid surface reagent employed in the above assays and kits is prepared by known techniques for attaching protein material to solid support material, such as polymeric beads, dip sticks, 96- well plates or filter material. These attachment methods generally include nonspecific adsorption of the protein to the support or covalent attachment of the protein , typically through a free amine group, to a chemically reactive group on the solid support, such as an activated carboxyl, hydroxyl, or aldehyde group. Alternatively, streptavidin coated plates can be used in conjunction with biotinylated antigen(s).
- the polypeptides and antibodies of the present invention, including fragments thereof, may be used to detect Staphylococcus species including S. aureus using bio chip and biosensor technology.
- Bio chip and biosensors of the present invention may comprise the polypeptides of the present invention to detect antibodies, which specifically recognize Staphylococcus species, including S. aureus.
- Bio chip and biosensors of the present invention may also comprise antibodies which specifically recognize the polypeptides of the present invention to detect Staphylococcus species, including S. aureus or specific polypeptides of the present invention.
- Bio chips or biosensors comprising polypeptides or antibodies of the present invention may be used to detect Staphylococcus species, including S. aureus, in biological and environmental samples and to diagnose an animal, including humans, with an S. aureus or other Staphylococcus infection.
- the present invention includes both bio chips and biosensors comprising polypeptides or antibodies of the present invention and methods of their use.
- the bio chips of the present invention may further comprise polypeptide sequences of other pathogens including bacteria, viral, parasitic, and fungal polypeptide sequences, in addition to the polypeptide sequences of the, present invention, for use in rapid diffenertial pathogenic detection and diagnosis.
- the bio chips of the present invention may further comprise antibodies or fragements thereof specific for other pathogens including bacteria, viral, parasitic, and fungal polypeptide sequences, in addition to the antibodies or fragements thereof of the present invention, for use in rapid diffenertial pathogenic detection and diagnosis.
- the bio chips and biosensors of the present invention may also be used to monitor an S.
- bio chip and biosensors comprising polypeptides or antibodies of the present invention may also be used to simultaneously monitor the expression of a multiplicity of polypeptides, including those of the present invention.
- the polypeptides used to comprise a bio chip or biosensor of the present invention may be specified in the same manner as for the fragements, i.e, by their N-terminal and C-terminal positions or length in contigious amino acid residue. Methods and particular uses of the polypeptides and antibodies of the present invention to detect Staphylococcus species, including S.
- aureus, or specific polypeptides using bio chip and biosensor technology include those known in the art, those of the U.S. Patent Nos. and World Patent Nos. listed above for bio chips and biosensors using polynucleotides of the present invention, and those of: U.S. Patent Nos. 5658732, 5135852, 5567301, 5677196, 5690894 and World Patent Nos. WO9729366, WO9612957, each incorporated herein in their entireties.
- the invention also provides a method of screening compounds to identify those which enhance or block the biological activity of the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention.
- the present invention further provides where the compounds kill or slow the growth of S. aureus.
- S. aureus antagonists including S. aureus ligands, to prophylactically or therapeutically block antibiotic resistance may be easily tested by the skilled artisan. See, e.g., Straden et al. (1997) J Bacteriol. 179(1):9-16.
- An agonist is a compound which increases the natural biological function or which functions in a manner similar to the polypeptides of the present invention, while antagonists decrease or eliminate such functions.
- Potential antagonists include small organic molecules, peptides, polypeptides, and antibodies that bind to a polypeptide of the invention and thereby inhibit or extinguish its activity.
- the antagonists may be employed for instance to inhibit peptidoglycan cross bridge formation.
- Antibodies against S. aureus may be employed to bind to and inhibit S. aureus activity to treat antibiotic resistance. Any of the above antagonists may be employed in a composition with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- the present invention also provides vaccines comprising one or more polypeptides of the present invention.
- Heterogeneity in the composition of a vaccine may be provided by combining S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention.
- Multi-component vaccines of this type are desirable because they are likely to be more effective in eliciting protective immune responses against multiple species and strains of the Staphylococcus genus than single polypeptide vaccines.
- Multi-component vaccines are known in the art to elicit antibody production to numerous immunogenic components. See, e.g., Decker et al. (1996) J. Infect. Dis. 174:S270- 275.
- a hepatitis B, diphtheria, tetanus, pertussis tetravalent vaccine has recently been demonstrated to elicit protective levels of antibodies in human infants against all four pathogenic agents. See, e.g., Aristegui, J. et al. (1997) Vaccine 15:7-9.
- the present invention in addition to single-component vaccines includes multi-component vaccines. These vaccines comprise more than one polypeptide, immunogen or antigen. Thus, a multi-component vaccine would be a vaccine comprising more than one of the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention.
- whole cell and whole viral vaccines are produced recombinantly and involve the expression of one or more of the S. aureus polypeptides described in Table 1.
- the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention may be either secreted or localized intracellular, on the cell surface, or in the periplasmic space.
- the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention may, for example, be localized in the viral envelope, on the surface of the capsid, or internally within the capsid.
- Whole cells vaccines which employ cells expressing heterologous proteins are known in the art. See, e.g., Robinson, K. et al.
- a multi-component vaccine can also be prepared using techniques known in the art by combining one or more S.
- aureus polypeptides of the present invention or fragments thereof, with additional non-staphylococcal components (e.g., diphtheria toxin or tetanus toxin, and/or other compounds known to elicit an immune response).
- additional non-staphylococcal components e.g., diphtheria toxin or tetanus toxin, and/or other compounds known to elicit an immune response.
- Such vaccines are useful for eliciting protective immune responses to both members of the Staphylococcus genus and non- staphylococcal pathogenic agents.
- the vaccines of the present invention also include DNA vaccines.
- DNA vaccines are currently being developed for a number of infectious diseases. See, et al, Boyer, et al. (1997) Nat. Med. 3:526-532; reviewed in Spier, R. (1996) Vaccine 14:1285-1288.
- Such DNA vaccines contain a nucleotide sequence encoding one or more S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention oriented in a manner that allows for expression of the subject polypeptide.
- the direct administration of plasmid DNA encoding B. burgdorgeri OspA has been shown to elicit protective immunity in mice against borrelial challenge. See, Luke et al. (1997) J. Infect. Dis. 175:91-97.
- the present invention also relates to the administration of a vaccine which is co-administered with a molecule capable of modulating immune responses.
- Kim et al. (1997) Nature Biotech. 15:641-646, for example, report the enhancement of immune responses produced by DNA immunizations when DNA sequences encoding molecules which stimulate the immune response are co-administered.
- the vaccines of the present invention may be co-administered with either nucleic acids encoding immune modulators or the immune modulators themselves.
- These immune modulators include granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF) and CD86.
- GM-CSF granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor
- the vaccines of the present invention may be used to confer resistance to staphylococcal infection by either passive or active immunization.
- a vaccine of the present invention is administered to an animal to elicit a protective immune response which either prevents or attenuates a staphylococcal infection.
- the vaccines of the present invention are used to confer resistance to staphylococcal infection through passive immunization, the vaccine is provided to a host animal (e.g., human, dog, or mouse), and the antisera elicited by this antisera is recovered and directly provided to a recipient suspected of having an infection caused by a member of the Staphylococcus genus.
- antibodies, or fragments of antibodies, with toxin molecules provides an additional method for treating staphylococcal infections when passive immunization is conducted.
- antibodies, or fragments of antibodies, capable of recognizing the S. aureus polypeptides disclosed herein, or fragments thereof, as well as other Staphylococcus proteins are labeled with toxin molecules prior to their administration to the patient.
- toxin derivatized antibodies bind to Staphylococcus cells, toxin moieties will be localized to these cells and will cause their death.
- the present invention thus concerns and provides a means for preventing or attenuating a staphylococcal infection resulting from organisms which have antigens that are recognized and bound by antisera produced in response to the polypeptides of the present invention.
- a vaccine is said to prevent or attenuate a disease if its administration to an animal results either in the total or partial attenuation (i.e., suppression) of a symptom or condition of the disease, or in the total or partial immunity of the animal to the disease.
- the administration of the vaccine (or the antisera which it elicits) may be for either a
- the compound(s) are provided in advance of any symptoms of staphylococcal infection.
- the prophylactic administration of the compound(s) serves to prevent or attenuate any subsequent infection.
- the compound(s) is provided upon or after the detection of symptoms which indicate that an animal may be infected with a member of the Staphylococcus genus.
- the therapeutic administration of the compound(s) serves to attenuate any actual infection.
- the S. aureus polypeptides, and fragments thereof, of the present invention may be provided either prior to the onset of infection (so as to prevent or attenuate an anticipated infection) or after the initiation of an actual infection.
- polypeptides of the invention may be administered in pure form or may be coupled to a macromolecular carrier.
- macromolecular carrier examples include proteins and carbohydrates.
- Suitable proteins which may act as macromolecular carrier for enhancing the immunogenicity of the polypeptides of the present invention include keyhole limpet hemacyanin (KLH) tetanus toxoid, pertussis toxin, bovine serum albumin, and ovalbumin.
- KLH keyhole limpet hemacyanin
- a composition is said to be "pharmacologically or physiologically acceptable” if its administration can be tolerated by a recipient animal and is otherwise suitable for administration to that animal.
- Such an agent is said to be administered in a "therapeutically effective amount” if the amount administered is physiologically significant.
- An agent is physiologically significant if its presence results in a detectable change in the physiology of a recipient patient.
- the vaccine of the present invention is administered as a pharmacologically acceptable compound
- a pharmacologically acceptable compound varies with the animal to which it is administered.
- a vaccine intended for human use will generally not be co- administered with Freund's adjuvant.
- the level of purity of the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention will normally be higher when administered to a human than when administered to a non-human animal.
- the vaccine of the present invention when provided to an animal, it may be in a composition which may contain salts, buffers, adjuvants, or other substances which are desirable for improving the efficacy of the composition.
- Adjuvants are substances that can be used to specifically augment a specific immune response. These substances generally perform two functions: (1) they protect the antigen(s) from being rapidly catabolized after administration and (2) they nonspecifically stimulate immune responses.
- Adjuvants can be loosely divided into several groups based upon their composition. These groups include oil adjuvants (for example, Freund's complete and incomplete), mineral salts (for example, AlK(SO 4 ) 2 , AlNa(SO 4 ) 2 , AlNH 4 (SO 4 ), silica, kaolin, and carbon), polynucleotides (for example, poly IC and poly AU acids), and certain natural substances (for example, wax D from Mycobacterium tuberculosis, as well as substances found in
- Other substances useful as adjuvants are the saponins such as, for example, Quil A. (Superfos A/S, Denmark).
- Preferred adjuvants for use in the present invention include aluminum salts, such as AlK(SO 4 ) 2 , AlNa(SO 4 ) 2 , and AlNH 4 (SO 4 ). Examples of materials suitable for use in vaccine compositions are provided in REMINGTON'S PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES 1324-1341 (A. Osol, ed, Mack Publishing Co, Easton, PA, (1980) (incorporated herein by reference).
- compositions of the present invention can be administered parenterally by injection, rapid infusion, nasopharyngeal absorption (intranasopharangeally), dermoabsorption, or orally.
- the compositions may alternatively be administered intramuscularly, or intravenously.
- Compositions for parenteral administration include sterile aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, suspensions, and emulsions.
- non-aqueous solvents are propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, vegetable oils such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate.
- Carriers or occlusive dressings can be used to increase skin permeability and enhance antigen absorption.
- Liquid dosage forms for oral administration may generally comprise a liposome solution containing the liquid dosage form.
- Suitable forms for suspending liposomes include emulsions, suspensions, solutions, syrups, and elixirs containing inert diluents commonly used in the art, such as purified water.
- inert diluents such as purified water.
- such compositions can also include adjuvants, wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, or sweetening, flavoring, or perfuming agents.
- compositions of the present invention can also be administered in encapsulated form.
- biodegradable microsphere composed of poly(DL-lactide-co-glycolide).
- orally administered encapsulated Salmonella typhimurium antigens can also be used. Allaoui-Attarki, K. et al. (1997) Infect. Immun. 65:853-857.
- Encapsulated vaccines of the present invention can be administered by a variety of routes including those involving contacting the vaccine with mucous membranes (e.g., intranasally, intracolonicly, intraduodenally). Many different techniques exist for the timing of the immunizations when a multiple administration regimen is utilized. It is possible to use the compositions of the invention more than once to increase the levels and diversities of expression of the immunoglobulin repertoire expressed by the immunized animal. Typically, if multiple immunizations are given, they will be given one to two months apart. According to the present invention, an "effective amount" of a therapeutic composition is one which is sufficient to achieve a desired biological effect.
- the dosage needed to provide an effective amount of the composition will vary depending upon such factors as the animal's or human's age, condition, sex, and extent of disease, if any, and other variables which can be adjusted by one of ordinary skill in the art.
- the antigenic preparations of the invention can be administered by either single or multiple dosages of an effective amount. Effective amounts of the compositions of the invention can vary from 0.01-1,000 ⁇ g/ml per dose, more preferably 0.1-500 ⁇ g/ml per dose, and most preferably 10-300 ⁇ g/ml per dose. Examples
- Example 1 Isolation of a Selected DNA Clone From the Deposited Sample
- S. aureus clone comprising a polynucleotide of the present invention from any S. aureus genomic DNA library.
- the S. aureus strain ISP3 has been deposited as a convienent source for obtaining a S. aureus strain although a wide varity of strains S. aureus strains can be used which are known in the art.
- S. aureus genomic DNA is prepared using the following method.
- a 20ml overnight bacterial culture grown in a rich medium e.g., Trypticase Soy Broth, Brain Heart Infusion broth or Super broth
- TES Tris-pH 8.0, 25mM EDTA, 50mM NaCl
- TES 5ml high salt TES (2.5M NaCl)
- Lysostaphin is added to final concentration of approx 50ug/ml and the mixture is rotated slowly 1 hour at 37C to make protoplast cells.
- the solution is then placed in incubator (or place in a shaking water bath) and warmed to 55C.
- a plasmid is directly isolated by screening a plasmid S. aureus genomic DNA library using a polynucleotide probe corresponding to a polynucleotide of the present invention.
- a polynucleotide probe corresponding to a polynucleotide of the present invention.
- a specific polynucleotide with 30-40 nucleotides is synthesized using an Applied Biosystems DNA synthesizer according to the sequence reported.
- the oligonucleotide is labeled, for instance, with 32 P- ⁇ -ATP using T4 polynucleotide kinase and purified according to routine methods.
- the library is transformed into a suitable host, as indicated above (such as XL-1 Blue (Stratagene)) using techniques known to those of skill in the art. See, e.g., Sambrook et al. MOLECULAR CLONING: A LABORATORY MANUAL (Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. 2nd ed. 1989); Ausubel et al, CURRENT PROTOCALS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY (John Wiley and Sons, N.Y. 1989).
- the transformants are plated on 1.5% agar plates (containing the appropriate selection agent, e.g., ampicillin) to a density of about 150 transformants (colonies) per plate. These plates are screened using Nylon membranes according to routine methods for bacterial colony screening. See, e.g., Sambrook et al. MOLECULAR CLONING: A LABORATORY MANUAL (Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. 2nd ed. 1989); Ausubel et al, CURRENT PROTOCALS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY (John Wiley and Sons, N.Y. 1989) or other techniques known to those of skill in the art.
- two primers of 15-25 nucleotides derived from the 5' and 3' ends of a polynucleotide of Table 1 are synthesized and used to amplify the desired DNA by PCR using a S. aureus genomic DNA prep (e.g., the deposited S. aureus ISP3) as a template.
- PCR is carried out under routine conditions, for instance, in 25 ⁇ l of reaction mixture with 0.5 ug of the above DNA template.
- a convenient reaction mixture is 1.5-5 mM MgCl 2 , 0.01% (w/v) gelatin, 20 ⁇ M each of dATP, dCTP, dGTP, dTTP, 25 pmol of each primer and 0.25 Unit of
- Taq polymerase Thirty five cycles of PCR (denaturation at 94°C for 1 min; annealing at 55°C for 1 min; elongation at 72°C for 1 min) are performed with a Perkin-Elmer Cetus automated thermal cycler. The amplified product is analyzed by agarose gel electrophoresis and the DNA band with expected molecular weight is excised and purified. The PCR product is verified to be the selected sequence by subcloning and sequencing the DNA product.
- overlapping oligos of the DNA sequences of Table 1 can be synthesized and used to generate a nucleotide sequence of desired length using PCR methods known in the art.
- the bacterial expression vector pQE60 is used for bacterial expression in this example. (QIAGEN, Inc., 9259 Eton Avenue, Chatsworth, CA, 91311). pQE60 encodes ampicillin antibiotic resistance ("Ampr”) and contains a bacterial origin of replication ("ori"), an JJPTG inducible promoter, a ribosome binding site (“RBS”), six codons encoding histidine residues that allow affinity purification using nickel-nitrilo-tri-acetic acid (“Ni-NTA”) affinity resin (QIAGEN, Inc., supra) and suitable single restriction enzyme cleavage sites.
- Amr ampicillin antibiotic resistance
- ori bacterial origin of replication
- RBS ribosome binding site
- 6 codons encoding histidine residues that allow affinity purification using nickel-nitrilo-tri-acetic acid (“Ni-NTA”) affinity resin (QIAGEN, Inc., supra) and suitable single restriction enzyme cleavage sites.
- the DNA sequence encoding the desired portion of a S. aureus protein of the present invention is amplified from S. aureus genomic DNA or from the deposited DNA clone using PCR oligonucleotide primers which anneal to the 5' and 3' sequences coding for the portion of the S. aureus polynucleotide. Additional nucleotides containing restriction sites to facilitate cloning in the pQE60 vector are added to the 5' and 3' sequences, respectively.
- the 5' primer has a sequence containing an appropriate restriction site followed by nucleotides of the amino terminal coding sequence of the desired S. aureus polynucleotide sequence in Table 1.
- nucleotides of the amino terminal coding sequence of the desired S. aureus polynucleotide sequence in Table 1 One of ordinary skill in the art would appreciate that the point in the protein coding sequence where the 5' and 3' primers begin may be varied to amplify a DNA segment encoding any desired portion of the complete protein shorter or longer than the mature form.
- the 3' primer has a sequence containing an appropriate restriction site followed by nucleotides complementary to the 3' end of the desired coding sequence of Table 1, excluding a stop codon, with the coding sequence aligned with the restriction site so as to maintain its reading frame with that of the six His codons in the pQE60 vector.
- the amplified S. aureus DNA fragment and the vector pQE60 are digested with restriction enzymes which recognize the sites in the primers and the digested DNAs are then ligated together.
- the S. aureus DNA is inserted into the restricted pQE60 vector in a manner which places the S.
- E. coli strain M15/rep4 containing multiple copies of the plasmid pREP4, which expresses the lac repressor and confers kanamycin resistance ("Kanr"), is used in carrying out the illustrative example described herein.
- This strain which is only one of many that are suitable for expressing a S. aureus polypeptide, is available commercially (QIAGEN, Inc., supra). Transformants are identified by their ability to grow on LB plates in the presence of ampicillin and kanamycin. Plasmid DNA is isolated from resistant colonies and the identity of the cloned DNA confirmed by restriction analysis, PCR and DNA sequencing.
- Clones containing the desired constructs are grown overnight ("O/N") in liquid culture in LB media supplemented with both ampicillin (100 ⁇ g/ml) and kanamycin (25 ⁇ g/ml).
- O/N culture is used to inoculate a large culture, at a dilution of approximately 1:25 to 1:250.
- the cells are grown to an optical density at 600 nm ("OD600”) of between 0.4 and 0.6.
- IPTG Isopropyl- ⁇ -D-thiogalactopyranoside
- Ni-NTA nickel-nitrilo-tri-acetic acid
- the column is first washed with 10 volumes of 6 M guanidine-HCl, pH 8, then washed with 10 volumes of 6 M guanidine-HCl pH 6, and finally the S. aureus polypeptide is eluted with 6 M guanidine-HCl, pH 5.
- the purified protein is then renatured by dialyzing it against phosphate-buffered saline (PBS) or 50 mM Na-acetate, pH 6 buffer plus 200 mM NaCl.
- PBS phosphate-buffered saline
- the protein can be successfully refolded while immobilized on the Ni-NTA column.
- the recommended conditions are as follows: renature using a linear 6M-1M urea gradient in 500 mM NaCl, 20% glycerol, 20 mM Tris/HCl pH 7.4, containing protease inhibitors.
- the renaturation should be performed over a period of 1.5 hours or more.
- the proteins can be eluted by the addition of 250 mM immidazole. Immidazole is removed by a final dialyzing step against PBS or 50 mM sodium acetate pH 6 buffer plus 200 mM NaCl.
- the purified protein is stored at 4° C or frozen at -80° C
- the polypeptides of the present invention can be produced by a non- denaturing method.
- Absorbance at 550 nm is approximately 10-20 O.D./ml.
- the suspension is then put through three freeze/thaw cycles from -70°C (using a ethanol-dry ice bath) up to room temperature.
- the cells are lysed via sonication in short 10 sec bursts over 3 minutes at approximately 80W while kept on ice.
- the sonicated sample is then centrifuged at 15,000 RPM for 30 minutes at 4°C.
- the supernatant is passed through a column containing 1.0 ml of CL-4B resin to pre-clear the sample of any proteins that may bind to agarose non- specifically, and the flow-through fraction is collected.
- Ni-NTA nickel-nitrilo-tri-acetic acid
- Buffer B 50 mM Na-Phosphate, 300 mM NaCl, 10% Glycerol, 10 mM 2- mercaptoethanol, 500 mM Imidazole, pH of the final buffer should be 7.5.
- the protein is eluted off of the column with a series of increasing Imidazole solutions made by adjusting the ratios of Lysis Buffer A to Buffer B. Three different concentrations are used: 3 volumes of 75 mM Imidazole, 3 volumes of 150 mM Imidazole, 5 volumes of 500 mM Imidazole.
- the fractions containing the purified protein are analyzed using 8 %, 10 % or 14% SDS-PAGE depending on the protein size.
- the purified protein is then dialyzed 2X against phosphate- buffered saline (PBS) in order to place it into an easily workable buffer.
- PBS phosphate- buffered saline
- the purified protein is stored at 4° C or frozen at -80°
- the cell culture Upon completion of the production phase of the E. coli fermentation, the cell culture is cooled to 4-10°C and the cells are harvested by continuous centrifugation at 15,000 rpm (Heraeus Sepatech). On the basis of the expected yield of protein per unit weight of cell paste and the amount of purified protein required, an appropriate amount of cell paste, by weight, is suspended in a buffer solution containing 100 mM Tris, 50 mM EDTA, pH 7.4. The cells are dispersed to a homogeneous suspension using a high shear mixer. The cells are then lysed by passing the solution through a microfluidizer (Microfuidics,
- the GuHCl solubilized protein is refolded by quickly mixing the GuHCl extract with 20 volumes of buffer containing 50 mM sodium, pH 4.5, 150 mM NaCl, 2 mM EDTA by vigorous stirring.
- the refolded diluted protein solution is kept at 4°C without mixing for 12 hours prior to further purification steps.
- Fractions containing the S. aureus polypeptide are then pooled and mixed with 4 volumes of water.
- the diluted sample is then loaded onto a previously prepared set of tandem columns of strong anion (Poros HQ-50, Perseptive Biosystems) and weak anion (Poros CM- 20, Perseptive Biosystems) exchange resins.
- the columns are equilibrated with 40 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0. Both columns are washed with 40 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0, 200 mM NaCl.
- CM-20 column is then eluted using a 10 column volume linear gradient ranging from 0.2 M NaCl, 50 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0 to 1.0 M NaCl, 50 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.5. Fractions are collected under constant A 280 monitoring of the effluent. Fractions containing the S. aureus polypeptide (determined, for instance, by 16% SDS-PAGE) are then pooled.
- the resultant S. aureus polypeptide exhibits greater than 95% purity after the above refolding and purification steps. No major contaminant bands are observed from Commassie blue stained 16% SDS-PAGE gel when 5 ⁇ g of purified protein is loaded.
- the purified protein is also tested for endotoxin/LPS contamination, and typically the LPS content is less than 0.1 ng/ml according to LAL assays.
- the vector pQElO can be used to clone and express polypeptides of the present invention. The difference being such that an inserted DNA fragment encoding a polypeptide expresses that polypeptide with the six His residues (i.e., a "6 X His tag") covalently linked to the amino terminus of that polypeptide.
- the bacterial expression vector pQElO (QIAGEN, Inc., 9259 Eton Avenue, Chatsworth, CA, 91311) is used in this example .
- the components of the pQElO plasmid are arranged such that the inserted DNA sequence encoding a polypeptide of the present invention expresses the polypeptide with the six His residues (i.e., a "6 X His tag")) covalently linked to the amino terminus.
- the DNA sequences encoding the desired portions of a polypeptide of Table 1 are amplified using PCR oligonucleotide primers from either genomic S. aureus DNA or DNA from the plasmid clones listed in Table 1 clones of the present invention.
- the PCR primers anneal to the nucleotide sequences encoding the desired amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the present invention. Additional nucleotides containing restriction sites to facilitate cloning in the pQElO vector are added to the 5' and 3' primer sequences, respectively.
- the 5' and 3' primers are selected to amplify their respective nucleotide coding sequences.
- the point in the protein coding sequence where the 5' and 3' primers begins may be varied to amplify a DNA segment encoding any desired portion of a polypeptide of the present invention.
- the 5' primer is designed so the coding sequence of the 6 X His tag is aligned with the restriction site so as to maintain its reading frame with that of S. aureus polypeptide.
- the 3' is designed to include an stop codon. The amplified DNA fragment is then cloned, and the protein expressed, as described above for the pQE60 plasmid.
- the DNA sequences encoding the amino acid sequences of Table 1 may also be cloned and expressed as fusion proteins by a protocol similar to that described directly above, wherein the pET-32b(+) vector (Novagen, 601 Science Drive, Madison, WI 53711) is preferentially used in place of pQElO.
- the bacterial expression vector pQE60 is used for bacterial expression in this example (QIAGEN, Inc., 9259 Eton Avenue, Chatsworth, CA, 91311). However, in this example, the polypeptide coding sequence is inserted such that translation of the six His codons is prevented and, therefore, the polypeptide is produced with no 6 X His tag.
- the DNA sequence encoding the desired portion of the S. aureus amino acid sequence is amplified from a S. aureus genomic DNA prep using PCR oligonucleotide primers which anneal to the 5' and 3' nucleotide sequences corresponding to the desired portion of the S. aureus polypeptides. Additional nucleotides containing restriction sites to facilitate cloning in the pQE60 vector are added to the 5' and 3' primer sequences.
- 5' and 3' primers are selected to amplify their respective nucleotide coding sequences.
- the point in the protein coding sequence where the 5' and 3' primers begin may be varied to amplify a DNA segment encoding any desired portion of a polypeptide of the present invention.
- the 3' and 5' primers contain appropriate restriction sites followed by nucleotides complementary to the 5' and 3' ends of the coding sequence respectively.
- the 3' primer is additionally designed to include an in-frame stop codon.
- the amplified S. aureus DNA fragments and the vector pQE60 are digested with restriction enzymes recognizing the sites in the primers and the digested DNAs are then ligated together. Insertion of the S. aureus DNA into the restricted pQE60 vector places the S. aureus protein coding region including its associated stop codon downstream from the IPTG-inducible promoter and in-frame with an initiating AUG. The associated stop codon prevents translation of the six histidine codons downstream of the insertion point.
- the ligation mixture is transformed into competent E. coli cells using standard procedures such as those described by Sambrook et al. E.
- coli strain M15/rep4 containing multiple copies of the plasmid pREP4, which expresses the lac repressor and confers kanamycin resistance (“Kanr"), is used in carrying out the illustrative example described herein.
- This strain which is only one of many that are suitable for expressing S. aureus polypeptide, is available commercially (QIAGEN, Inc., supra). Transformants are identified by their ability to grow on LB plates in the presence of ampicillin and kanamycin. Plasmid DNA is isolated from resistant colonies and the identity of the cloned DNA confirmed by restriction analysis, PCR and DNA sequencing.
- Clones containing the desired constructs are grown overnight ("O/N") in liquid culture in LB media supplemented with both ampicillin (100 ⁇ g/ml) and kanamycin (25 ⁇ g/ml).
- the O N culture is used to inoculate a large culture, at a dilution of approximately 1:25 to 1:250.
- the cells are grown to an optical density at 600 nm ("OD600") of between 0.4 and 0.6. isopropyl-b-D-thiogalactopyranoside (“IPTG”) is then added to a final concentration of 1 mM to induce transcription from the lac repressor sensitive promoter, by inactivating the lad repressor.
- IPTG isopropyl-b-D-thiogalactopyranoside
- the cells are then stirred for 3-4 hours at 4°C in
- the protein can be successfully refolded by dialyzing it against 500 mM NaCl, 20% glycerol, 25 mM Tris/HCl pH 7.4, containing protease inhibitors. After renaturation the protein can be purified by ion exchange, hydrophobic interaction and size exclusion chromatography. Alternatively, an affinity chromatography step such as an antibody column can be used to obtain pure S. aureus polypeptide.
- the purified protein is stored at 4° C or frozen at -80° C.
- the following alternative method may be used to purify S. aureus polypeptides expressed in E coli when it is present in the form of inclusion bodies. Unless otherwise specified, all of the following steps are conducted at 4-10°C.
- the cell culture Upon completion of the production phase of the E. coli fermentation, the cell culture is cooled to 4-10°C and the cells are harvested by continuous centrifugation at 15,000 rpm
- cell paste On the basis of the expected yield of protein per unit weight of cell paste and the amount of purified protein required, an appropriate amount of cell paste, by weight, is suspended in a buffer solution containing 100 mM Tris, 50 mM EDTA, pH 7.4. The cells are dispersed to a homogeneous suspension using a high shear mixer.
- the cells ware then lysed by passing the solution through a microfluidizer
- the resulting washed inclusion bodies are solubilized with 1.5 M guanidine hydrochloride (GuHCl) for 2-4 hours. After 7000 x g centrifugation for 15 min., the pellet is discarded and the S. aureus polypeptide-containing supernatant is incubated at 4°C overnight to allow further GuHCl extraction.
- guanidine hydrochloride a guanidine hydrochloride
- the GuHCl solubilized protein is refolded by quickly mixing the GuHCl extract with 20 volumes of buffer containing 50 mM sodium, pH 4.5, 150 mM NaCl, 2 mM EDTA by vigorous stirring.
- the refolded diluted protein solution is kept at 4°C without mixing for 12 hours prior to further purification steps.
- Fractions containing the S. aureus polypeptide are then pooled and mixed with 4 volumes of water.
- the diluted sample is then loaded onto a previously prepared set of tandem columns of strong anion (Poros HQ-50, Perseptive Biosystems) and weak anion (Poros CM- 20, Perseptive Biosystems) exchange resins.
- the columns are equilibrated with 40 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0. Both columns are washed with 40 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0, 200 mM NaCl.
- CM-20 column is then eluted using a 10 column volume linear gradient ranging from 0.2 M NaCl, 50 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0 to 1.0 M NaCl, 50 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.5. Fractions are collected under constant A 280 monitoring of the effluent. Fractions containing the S. aureus polypeptide (determined, for instance, by 16% SDS-PAGE) are then pooled.
- the resultant S. aureus polypeptide exhibits greater than 95% purity after the above refolding and purification steps. No major contaminant bands are observed from Commassie blue stained 16% SDS-PAGE gel when 5 ⁇ g of purified protein is loaded.
- the purified protein is also tested for endotoxin/LPS contamination, and typically the LPS content is less than 0.1 ng/ml according to LAL assays.
- S. aureus polypeptides can also be produced in: S. aureus using the methods of S. Skinner et al., (1988) Mol. Microbiol. 2:289-297 or J. I. Moreno (1996) Protein Expr. Purif. 8(3):332-340; Lactobacillus using the methods of C. Rush et al., 1997 Appl. Microbiol. Biotechnol. 47(5):537-542; or in Bacillus subtilis using the methods Chang et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,952,508.
- a S. aureus expression plasmid is made by cloning a portion of the DNA encoding a S. aureus polypeptide into the expression vector pDNAI/Amp or pDNAHI (which can be obtained from Invitrogen, Inc.).
- the expression vector pDNAI/amp contains: (1) an E. coli origin of replication effective for propagation in E.
- coli and other prokaryotic cells (2) an ampicillin resistance gene for selection of plasmid-containing prokaryotic cells; (3) an SV40 origin of replication for propagation in eukaryotic cells; (4) a CMV promoter, a poly linker, an SV40 intron; (5) several codons encoding a hemagglutinin fragment (i.e., an "HA" tag to facilitate purification) followed by a termination codon and polyadenylation signal arranged so that a DNA can be conveniently placed under expression control of the CMV promoter and operably linked to the SV40 intron and the polyadenylation signal by means of restriction sites in the polylinker.
- HA hemagglutinin fragment
- the HA tag corresponds to an epitope derived from the influenza hemagglutinin protein described by Wilson et al. 1984 Cell 37:767.
- the fusion of the HA tag to the target protein allows easy detection and recovery of the recombinant protein with an antibody that recognizes the HA epitope.
- pDNAIII contains, in addition, the selectable neomycin marker.
- a DNA fragment encoding a S. aureus polypeptide is cloned into the poly linker region of the vector so that recombinant protein expression is directed by the CMV promoter.
- the plasmid construction strategy is as follows. The DNA from a S. aureus genomic DNA prep is amplified using primers that contain convenient restriction sites, much as described above for construction of vectors for expression of S. aureus in E. coli.
- the 5' primer contains a Kozak sequence, an AUG start codon, and nucleotides of the 5' coding region of the S. aureus polypeptide.
- the 3' primer contains nucleotides complementary to the 3' coding sequence of the S. aureus DNA, a stop codon, and a convenient restriction site.
- the PCR amplified DNA fragment and the vector, pDNAI/Amp, are digested with appropriate restriction enzymes and then ligated.
- the ligation mixture is transformed into an appropriate E. coli strain such as SURETM (Stratagene Cloning Systems, La Jolla, CA 92037), and the transformed culture is plated on ampicillin media plates which then are incubated to allow growth of ampicillin resistant colonies. Plasmid DNA is isolated from resistant colonies and examined by restriction analysis or other means for the presence of the fragment encoding the S. aureus polypeptide
- COS cells are transfected with an expression vector, as described above, using DEAE-dextran, as described, for instance, by Sambrook et al. (supra). Cells are incubated under conditions for expression of S. aureus by the vector.
- S. aureus-UA fusion protein is detected by radiolabeling and immunoprecipitation, using methods described in, for example Harlow et al., supra.. To this end, two days after transfection, the cells are labeled by incubation in media containing 35 S- cysteine for 8 hours. The cells and the media are collected, and the cells are washed and the lysed with detergent-containing RIPA buffer: 150 mM NaCl, 1% NP-40, 0.1% SDS, 1% NP- 40, 0.5%o DOC, 50 mM TRIS, pH 7.5, as described by Wilson et al. (supra ).
- Proteins are precipitated from the cell lysate and from the culture media using an HA-specific monoclonal antibody. The precipitated proteins then are analyzed by SDS-PAGE and autoradiography. An expression product of the expected size is seen in the cell lysate, which is not seen in negative controls.
- Plasmid ⁇ C4 is used for the expression of S. aureus polypeptide in this example.
- Plasmid ⁇ C4 is a derivative of the plasmid pS V2-dhfr (ATCC Accession No. 37146).
- the plasmid contains the mouse DHFR gene under control of the S V40 early promoter.
- Chinese hamster ovary cells or other cells lacking dihydrofolate activity that are transfected with these plasmids can be selected by growing the cells in a selective medium (alpha minus MEM, Life Technologies) supplemented with the chemotherapeutic agent methotrexate.
- amplification of the DHFR genes in cells resistant to methotrexate (MTX) has been well documented.
- Plasmid pC4 contains the strong promoter of the long terminal repeat (LTR) of the Rouse Sarcoma Virus, for expressing a polypeptide of interest, Cullen, et al. (1985) Mol. Cell. Biol. 5:438-447; plus a fragment isolated from the enhancer of the immediate early gene of human cytomegalo virus (CMV), Boshart, et al., 1985, Cell 41:521-530. Downstream of the promoter are the following single restriction enzyme cleavage sites that allow the integration of the genes: Bam HI, Xba I, and Asp 718. Behind these cloning sites the plasmid contains the 3' intron and polyadenylation site of the rat preproinsulin gene.
- LTR long terminal repeat
- CMV cytomegalo virus
- high efficiency promoters can also be used for the expression, e.g., the human ⁇ -actin promoter, the SV40 early or late promoters or the long terminal repeats from other retroviruses, e.g., HIV and HTLVI.
- Clontech's Tet-Off and Tet-On gene expression systems and similar systems can be used to express the S. aureus polypeptide in a regulated way in mammalian cells (Gossen et al., 1992, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:5547-5551.
- Other signals e.g., from the human growth hormone or globin genes can be used as well.
- Stable cell lines carrying a gene of interest integrated into the chromosomes can also be selected upon co-transfection with a selectable marker such as gpt, G418 or hygromycin. It is advantageous to use more than one selectable marker in the beginning, e.g., G418 plus methotrexate.
- the plasmid pC4 is digested with the restriction enzymes and then dephosphorylated using calf intestinal phosphates by procedures known in the art.
- the vector is then isolated from a 1 % agarose gel.
- the DNA sequence encoding the S. aureus polypeptide is amplified using PCR oligonucleotide primers corresponding to the 5' and 3' sequences of the desired portion of the gene.
- a 5' primer containing a restriction site, a Kozak sequence, an AUG start codon, and nucleotides of the 5' coding region of the S. aureus polypeptide is synthesized and used.
- a 3' primer, containing a restriction site, stop codon, and nucleotides complementary to the 3' coding sequence of the S. aureus polypeptides is synthesized and used.
- the amplified fragment is digested with the restriction endonucleases and then purified again on a 1% agarose gel.
- the isolated fragment and the dephosphorylated vector are then ligated with T4 DNA ligase.
- E. coli HB101 or XL-1 Blue cells are then transformed and bacteria are identified that contain the fragment inserted into plasmid pC4 using, for instance, restriction enzyme analysis.
- Chinese hamster ovary cells lacking an active DHFR gene are used for transfection. Five ⁇ g of the expression plasmid pC4 is cotransfected with 0.5 ⁇ g of the plasmid pSVneo using a lipid-mediated transfection agent such as LipofectinTM or LipofectAMINE.TM
- the plasmid pSV2-neo contains a dominant selectable marker, the neo gene from Tn5 encoding an enzyme that confers resistance to a group of antibiotics including G418.
- the cells are seeded in alpha minus MEM supplemented with 1 mg/ml G418. After 2 days, the cells are trypsinized and seeded in hybridoma cloning plates (Greiner, Germany) in alpha minus MEM supplemented with 10, 25, or 50 ng/ml of methotrexate plus 1 mg/ml G418.
- single clones are trypsinized and then seeded in 6- well petri dishes or 10 ml flasks using different concentrations of methotrexate (50 nM, 100 nM, 200 nM, 400 nM, 800 nM). Clones growing at the highest concentrations of methotrexate are then transferred to new 6- well plates containing even higher concentrations of methotrexate (1 uM, 2 ⁇ M, 5 ⁇ M, 10 mM, 20 mM). The same procedure is repeated until clones are obtained which grow at a concentration of 100-200 ⁇ M. Expression of the desired gene product is analyzed, for instance, by SDS-PAGE and Western blot or by reversed phase HPLC analysis.
- compositions of the present invention are assayed for their ability to function as vaccines or to enhance/stimulate an immune response to a bacterial species (e.g., S. aureus) using the following quantitative murine soft tissue infection model.
- Mice e.g., NIH Swiss female mice, approximately 7 weeks old
- a biologically protective effective amount, or immune enhancing/stimulating effective amount of a composition of the present invention using methods known in the art, such as those discussed above. See, e.g., Harlow et al., ANTIBODIES: A LABORATORY MANUAL, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed. 1988).
- An example of an appropriate starting dose is 20ug per animal.
- the desired bacterial species used to challenge the mice such as S. aureus, is grown as an overnight culture.
- the culture is diluted to a concentration of 5 X 10 8 cfu/ml, in an appropriate media, mixed well, serially diluted, and titered.
- the desired doses are further diluted 1:2 with sterilized Cytodex 3 microcarrier beads preswollen in sterile PBS (3g/ 100ml). Mice are anesthetize briefly until docile, but still mobile and injected with 0.2 ml of the Cytodex 3 bead/bacterial mixture into each animal subcutaneously in the inguinal region.
- mice After four days, counting the day of injection as day one, mice are sacrificed and the contents of the abscess is excised and placed in a 15 ml conical tube containing 1.0ml of sterile PBS. The contents of the abscess is then enzymatically treated and plated as follows.
- the abscess is first disrupted by vortexing with sterilized glass beads placed in the tubes. 3.0mls of prepared enzyme mixture (1.0ml Collagenase D (4.0 mg/ml), 1.0ml Trypsin (6.0 mg/ml) and 8.0 ml PBS) is then added to each tube followed by a 20 min. incubation at 37C. The solution is then centrifuged and the supernatant drawn off. 0.5 ml dH20 is then added and the tubes are vortexed and then incubated for 10 min. at room temperature. 0.5 ml media is then added and samples are serially diluted and plated onto agar plates, and grown overnight at 37C.
- prepared enzyme mixture 1.0ml Collagenase D (4.0 mg/ml), 1.0ml Trypsin (6.0 mg/ml) and 8.0 ml PBS
- Plates with distinct and separate colonies are then counted, compared to positive and negative control samples, and quantified.
- the method can be used to identify composition and determine appropriate and effective doses for humans and other animals by comparing the effective doses of compositions of the present invention with compositions known in the art to be effective in both mice and humans. Doses for the effective treatment of humans and other animals, using compositions of the present invention, are extrapolated using the data from the above experiments of mice. It is appreciated that further studies in humans and other animals may be needed to determine the most effective doses using methods of clinical practice known in the art.
- compositions of the present invention are assayed for their ability to function as vaccines or to enhance/stimulate an immune response to a bacterial species (e.g., S. aureus) using the following qualitative murine systemic neutropenic model.
- Mice e.g., NIH Swiss female mice, approximately 7 weeks old
- a biologically protective effective amount, or immune enhancing/stimulating effective amount of a composition of the present invention using methods known in the art, such as those discussed above. See, e.g., Harlow et al., ANTIBODIES: A LABORATORY MANUAL, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed. 1988).
- mice are then injected with 250 - 300 mg/kg cyclophosphamide intraperitonially. Counting the day of C.P. injection as day one, the mice are left untreated for 5 days to begin recovery of PMNL'S.
- the desired bacterial species used to challenge the mice such as S. aureus, is grown as an overnight culture.
- the culture is diluted to a concentration of 5 X 10 8 cfu/ml, in an appropriate media, mixed well, serially diluted, and titered.
- the desired doses are further diluted 1:2 in 4% Brewer's yeast in media.
- mice are injected with the bacteria/brewer's yeast challenge intraperitonially.
- the Brewer's yeast solution alone is used as a control.
- the mice are then monitored twice daily for the first week following challenge, and once a day for the next week to ascertain morbidity and mortality. Mice remaining at the end of the experiment are sacrificed.
- the method can be used to identify compositions and determine appropriate and effective doses for humans and other animals by comparing the effective doses of compositions of the present invention with compositions known in the art to be effective in both mice and humans. Doses for the effective treatment of humans and other animals, using compositions of the present invention, are extrapolated using the data from the above experiments of mice. It is appreciated that further studies in humans and other animals may be needed to determine the most effective doses using methods of clinical practice known in the art.
- the applicant hereby requests that the application has been laid open to public inspection (by the Norwegian Patent Office), or has been finally decided upon by the Norwegian Patent Office without having been laid open inspection, the furnishing of a sample shall only be effected to an expert in the art.
- the request to this effect shall be filed by the applicant with the Norwegian Patent Office not later than at the time when the application is made available to the public under Sections 22 and 33(3) of the Norwegian Patents Act. If such a request has been filed by the applicant, any request made by a third party for the furnishing of a sample shall indicate the expert to be used. That expert may be any person entered on the list of recognized experts drawn up by the Norwegian Patent Office or any person approved by the applicant in the individual case.
- the applicant hereby requests that, until the application has been laid open to public inspection (by the Danish Patent Office), or has been finally decided upon by the Danish Patent office without having been laid open to public inspection, the furnishing of a sample shall only be effected to an expert in the art.
- the request to this effect shall be filed by the applicant with the Danish Patent Office not later that at the time when the application is made available to the public under Sections 22 and 33(3) of the Danish Patents Act. If such a request has been filed by the applicant, any request made by a third party for the furnishing of a sample shall indicate the expert to be used. That expert may be any person entered on a list of recognized experts drawn up by the Danish Patent Office or any person by the applicant in the individual case.
- the applicant hereby requests that, until the application has been laid open to public inspection (by the Swedish Patent Office), or has been finally decided upon by the Swedish Patent Office without having been laid open to public inspection, the furnishing of a sample shall only be effected to an expert in the art.
- the request to this effect shall be filed by the applicant with the International Bureau before the expiration of 16 months from the priority date (preferably on the Form PCT/RO/134 reproduced in annex Z of Volume I of the PCT Applicant's Guide). If such a request has been filed by the applicant any request made by a third party for the furnishing of a sample shall indicate the expert to be used. That expert may be any person entered on a list of recognized experts drawn up by the Swedish Patent Office or any person approved by a applicant in the individual case.
- the applicant hereby requests that until the date of a grant of a Netherlands patent or until the date on which the application is refused or withdrawn or lapsed, the microorganism shall be made available as provided in the 31F(1) of the Patent Rules only by the issue of a sample to an expert.
- the request to this effect must be furnished by the applicant with the Netherlands Industrial Property Office before the date on which the application is made available to the public under Section 22C or Section 25 of the Patents Act of the Kingdom of the Netherlands, whichever of the two dates occurs earlier.
Abstract
The present invention relates to novel genes from S. aureus and the polypeptides they encode. Also provided are vectors, host cells, antibodies and recombinant methods for producing the same. The invention further relates to screening methods for identifying agonists and antagonists of S. aureus polypetide activity. The invention additionally relates to diagnostic methods for detecting Staphylococcus nucleic acids, polypeptides and antibodies in a biological sample. The present invention further relates to novel vaccines for the prevention or attenuation of infection by Staphylococcus.
Description
Staphylococcus aureus genes and polypeptides.
Field of the Invention
The present invention relates to novel Staphylococcus aureus genes (S. aureus) nucleic acids and polypeptides. Also provided are vectors, host cells and recombinant methods for producing the same. Further provided are diagnostic methods for detecting S. aureus using probes, primers, and antibodies to the S. aureus nucleic acids and polypeptides of the present invention. The invention further relates to screening methods for identifying agonists and antagonists of S. aureus polypeptide activity and to vaccines using S. aureus nucleic acids and polypeptides.
Background of the Invention
The genus Staphylococcus includes at least 20 distinct species. (For a review see
Novick, R. P., The Staphylococcus as a Molecular Genetic System in MOLECULAR BIOLOGY OF THE STAPHYLOCOCCI, 1-37 (R. Novick, Ed., VCH Publishers, New York (1990)). Species differ from one another by 80% or more, by hybridization kinetics, whereas strains within a species are at least 90% identical by the same measure. The species S. aureus, a gram-positive, facultatively aerobic, clump-forming cocci, is among the most important etiological agents of bacterial infection in humans, as discussed briefly below.
Human Health and S. aureus Staphylococcus aureus is a ubiquitous pathogen. See, e.g., Mims et al., MEDICAL
MICROBIOLOGY (Mosby-Year Book Europe Limited, London, UK 1993). It is an etiological agent of a variety of conditions, ranging in severity from mild to fatal. A few of the more common conditions caused by S. aureus infection are burns, cellulitis, eyelid infections, food poisoning, joint infections, neonatal conjunctivitis, osteomyelitis, skin infections, surgical wound infection, scalded skin syndrome and toxic shock syndrome, some of which are described further below.
Burns: Burn wounds generally are sterile initially. However, they generally compromise physical and immune barriers to infection, cause loss of fluid and electrolytes and result in local or general physiological dysfunction. After cooling, contact with viable bacteria results in mixed colonization at the injury site. Infection may be restricted to the non-viable debris on the burn surface ("eschar"), it may progress into full skin infection and invade viable tissue below the eschar and it may reach below the skin, enter the lymphatic and blood circulation and develop into septicemia. S. aureus is among the most important pathogens typically found in burn wound infections. It can destroy granulation tissue and produce severe
septicemia.
Cellulitis: Cellulitis, an acute infection of the skin that expands from a typically superficial origin to spread below the cutaneous layer, most commonly is caused by S. aureus in conjunction with S. pyrogenes. Cellulitis can lead to systemic infection. In fact, cellulitis can be one aspect of synergistic bacterial gangrene. This condition typically is caused by a mixture of S. aureus and microaerophilic Streptococci. It causes necrosis and treatment is limited to excision of the necrotic tissue. The condition often is fatal.
Eyelid infections: S. aureus is the cause of styes and of "sticky eye" in neonates, among other eye infections. Typically such infections are limited to the surface of the eye, and may occasionally penetrate the surface with more severe consequences.
Food poisoning: Some strains of S. aureus produce one or more of five serologically distinct, heat and acid stable enterotoxins that are not destroyed by digestive process of the stomach and small intestine (enterotoxins A-E). Ingestion of the toxin, in sufficient quantities, typically results in severe vomiting, but not diarrhea. The effect does not require viable bacteria. Although the toxins are known, their mechanism of action is not understood.
Joint infections: S. aureus infects bone joints causing diseases such osteomyelitis. See, e.g., R. Cunningham et al., (1996) J. Med. Microbiol. 44: 157-164.
Osteomyelitis: S. aureus is the most common causative agent of haematogenous osteomyelitis. The disease tends to occur in children and adolescents more than adults and it is associated with non-penetrating injuries to bones. Infection typically occurs in the long end of growing bone, hence its occurrence in physically immature populations. Most often, infection is localized in the vicinity of sprouting capillary loops adjacent to epiphysis growth plates in the end of long, growing bones.
Skin infections: S. aureus is the most common pathogen of such minor skin infections as abscesses and boils. Such infections often are resolved by normal host response mechanisms, but they also can develop into severe internal infections. Recurrent infections of the nasal passages plague nasal carriers of S. aureus.
Surgical Wound Infections: Surgical wounds often penetrate far into the body. Infection of such wound thus poses a grave risk to the patient. S. aureus is the most important causative agent of infections in surgical wounds. S. aureus is unusually adept at invading surgical wounds; sutured wounds can be infected by far fewer S. aureus cells then are necessary to cause infection in normal skin. Invasion of surgical wound can lead to severe S. aureus septicemia. Invasion of the blood stream by S. aureus can lead to seeding and infection of internal organs, particularly heart valves and bone, causing systemic diseases, such as endocarditis and osteomyelitis.
Scalded Skin Syndrome: S. aureus is responsible for "scalded skin syndrome" (also called toxic epidermal necrosis, Ritter's disease and Lyell's disease). This diseases occurs in older children, typically in outbreaks caused by flowering of S. aureus strains produce exfoliation(also called scalded skin syndrome toxin). Although the bacteria initially may infect
only a minor lesion, the toxin destroys intercellular connections, spreads epidermal layers and allows the infection to penetrate the outer layer of the skin, producing the desquamation that typifies the diseases. Shedding of the outer layer of skin generally reveals normal skin below, but fluid lost in the process can produce severe injury in young children if it is not treated properly.
Toxic Shock Syndrome: Toxic shock syndrome is caused by strains of S. aureus that produce the so-called toxic shock syndrome toxin. The disease can be caused by S. aureus infection at any site, but it is too often erroneously viewed exclusively as a disease solely of women who use tampons. The disease involves toxemia and septicemia, and can be fatal. Nocosomial Infections: In the 1984 National Nocosomial Infection Surveillance Study
("NNIS") S. aureus was the most prevalent agent of surgical wound infections in many hospital services, including medicine, surgery, obstetrics, pediatrics and newborns.
Other Infections: Other types of infections, risk factors, etc. involving S. aureus are discussed in: A. Trilla (1995) J. Chemotherapy 3:37-43; F. Espersen (1995) J. Chemotherapy 3: 11-17; D.E. Craven (1995) J. Chemotherapy 3: 19-28; J.D. Breen et al. (1995) Infect. Dis. Clin. North Am. 9(1): 11-24 (each incorporated herein in their entireties).
Resistance to drugs ofS. aureus strains
Prior to the introduction of penicillin the prognosis for patients seriously infected with S. aureus was unfavorable. Following the introduction of penicillin in the early 1940s even the worst S. aureus infections generally could be treated successfully. The emergence of penicillin-resistant strains of S. aureus did not take long, however. Most strains of S. aureus encountered in hospital infections today do not respond to penicillin; although, fortunately, this is not the case for S. aureus encountered in community infections. It is well known now that penicillin-resistant strains of S. aureus produce a lactaπ ase which converts penicillin to pencillinoic acid, and thereby destroys antibiotic activity. Furthermore, the lactamase gene often is propagated episomally, typically on a plasmid, and often is only one of several genes on an episomal element that, together, confer multidrug resistance. Methicillins, introduced in the 1960s, largely overcame the problem of penicillin resistance in S. aureus. These compounds conserve the portions of penicillin responsible for antibiotic activity and modify or alter other portions that make penicillin a good substrate for inactivating lactamases. However, methicillin resistance has emerged in S. aureus, along with resistance to many other antibiotics effective against this organism, including aminoglycosides, tetracycline, chloramphenicol, macrolides and lincosamides. In fact, methicillin-resistant strains of S. aureus generally are multiply drug resistant.
Methicillian-resistant S. aureus (MRS A) has become one of the most important nosocomial pathogens worldwide and poses serious infection control problems. Today, many strains are multiresistant against virtually all antibiotics with the exception of vancomycin-type
glycopeptide antibiotics.
Recent reports that transfer of vancomycin resistance genes from enterococci to S. aureus has been observed in the laboratory sustain the fear that MRSA might become resistant against vancomycin, too, a situation generally considered to result in a public health disaster. MRSA owe their resistance against virtually all β-lactam antibiotics to the expression of an extra penicillin binding protein (PBP) 2a, encoded by the mecA gene. This additional very low affinity pbp, which is found exclusively in resistant strains, appears to be the only pbp still functioning in cell wall peptidoglycan synthesis at β-lactam concentrations high enough to saturate the normal set of S. aureus pbp 1-4. In 1983 it was shown by insertion mutagenesis using transposon Tn551 that several additional genes independent of mecA are needed to sustain the high level of methicillin resistance of MRSA. Interruption of these genes did not influence the resistance level by interfering with PBP2a expression, and were therefore called fern (factor essential for expression of methicillin resistance) or aux (auxiliary genes).
In the meantime six fern genes (femA- through F) have been described and the minimal number of additional aux genes has been estimated to be more than 10. Interference with femA and femB results in a strong reduction of methicillin resistance, back to sensitivity of strains without PBP2a. The fern genes are involved in specific steps of cell wall synthesis.
Consequently, inactivation of fern encoded factors induce β-lactam hypersensitivity in already sensitive strains. Both femA and femB have been shown to be involved in peptidoglycan pentaglycine interpeptide bridge formation. FemA is responsible for the formation of glycines 2 and 3, and FemB is responsible for formation of glycines 4 and 5. S. aureus may be involved in the formation of a monoglycine muropeptide precursors. FemC-F influence amidation of the iso-D-glutamic acid residue of the peptidoglycan stem peptide, formation of a minor muropeptide with L-alanine instead of glycine at position 1 of the interpeptide bridge, perform a yet unknown function, or are involved in an early step of peptidoglycan precursors biosynthesis (addition of L-lysine), respectively.
Summary of the Invention
The present invention provides isolated S. aureus polynucleotides and polypeptides shown in Table 1 and SEQ ID NO: 1 through SEQ ID NO:61. One aspect of the invention provides isolated nucleic acid molecules comprising or alternatively consisting of polynucleotides having a nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of: (a) a nucleotide sequence shown in Table 1 ; (b) a nucleotide sequence encoding any of the amino acid sequences of the polypeptides shown in Table 1 ; and (c) a nucleotide sequence complementary to any of the nucleotide sequences in (a) or (b). The invention further provides for fragments of the nucleic acid molecules of (a), (b) & (c) above.
Further embodiments of the invention include isolated nucleic acid molecules that comprise, or alternatively consist of, a polynucleotide having a nucleotide sequence at least
90% identical, and more preferably at least 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identical, to any of the nucleotide sequences in (a), (b) or (c) above, or a polynucleotide which hybridizes under stringent hybridization conditions to a polynucleotide in (a), (b) or (c) above. Additional nucleic acid embodiments of the invention relate to isolated nucleic acid molecules comprising polynucleotides which encode the amino acid sequences of epitope-bearing portions of a S. aureus polypeptide having an amino acid sequence in (a) above.
The present invention also relates to recombinant vectors, which include the isolated nucleic acid molecules of the present invention, and to host cells containing the recombinant vectors, as well as to methods of making such vectors and host cells. The present invention further relates to the use of these vectors in the production of S. aureus polypeptides or peptides by recombinant techniques.
The invention further provides isolated S. aureus polypeptides having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of an amino acid sequence of any of the polypeptides described in Table 1 or fragments thereof. The polypeptides of the present invention also include polypeptides having an amino acid sequence with at least 70% similarity, and more preferably at least 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% similarity to those described in Table 1, as well as polypeptides having an amino acid sequence at least 70% identical, more preferably at least 75% identical, and still more preferably 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical to those above; as well as isolated nucleic acid molecules encoding such polypeptides. The present invention further provides a vaccine, preferably a multi-component vaccine comprising one or more of the S. aureus polynucleotides or polypeptides described in Table 1, or fragments thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier, or excipient, wherein the S. aureus polypeptide(s) are present in an amount effective to elicit an immune response to members of the Staphylococcus genus, or at least S. aureus, in an animal. The S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention may further be combined with one or more immunogens of one or more other staphylococcal or non-staphylococcal organisms to produce a multi-component vaccine intended to elicit an immunological response against members of the Staphylococcus genus and, optionally, one or more non-staphylococcal organisms. The vaccines of the present invention can be administered in a DNA form, e.g.,
"naked" DNA, wherein the DNA encodes one or more staphylococcal polypeptides and, optionally, one or more polypeptides of a non-staphylococcal organism. The DNA encoding one or more polypeptides may be constructed such that these polypeptides are expressed as fusion proteins. The vaccines of the present invention may also be administered as a component of a genetically engineered organism or host cell. Thus, a genetically engineered organism or host cell which expresses one or more S. aureus polypeptides may be administered to an animal. For example, such a genetically engineered organism or host cell may contain one or more S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention intracellularly, on its cell surface, or in its
periplasmic space. Further, such a genetically engineered organism or host cell may secrete one or more S. aureus polypeptides. The vaccines of the present invention may also be co- administered to an animal with an immune system modulator (e.g., CD86 and GM-CSF). The invention also provides a method of inducing an immunological response in an animal to one or more members of the Staphylococcus genus, preferably one or more isolates of the S. aureus species, comprising administering to the animal a vaccine as described above. The invention further provides a method of inducing a protective immune response in an animal, sufficient to prevent, attenuate, or control an infection by members of the Staphylococcus genus, preferably at least S. aureus species, comprising administering to the animal a composition comprising one or more of the polynucleotides or polypeptides described in Table 1, or fragments thereof. Further, these polypeptides, or fragments thereof, may be conjugated to another immunogen and/or administered in admixture with an adjuvant.
The invention further relates to antibodies elicited in an animal by the administration of one or more S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention and to methods for producing such antibodies and fragments thereof. The invention further relates to recombinant antibodies and fragments thereof and to methods for producing such antibodies and fragments thereof.
The invention also provides diagnostic methods for detecting the expression of the polynucleotides and polypeptides of Table 1 by members of the Staphylococcus genus in a biological or environmental sample. One such method involves assaying for the expression of a polynucleotide encoding S. aureus polypeptides in a sample from an animal. This expression may be assayed either directly (e.g., by assaying polypeptide levels using antibodies elicited in response to amino acid sequences described in Table 1) or indirectly (e.g., by assaying for antibodies having specificity for amino acid sequences described in Table 1). The expression of polynucleotides can also be assayed by detecting the nucleic acids of Table 1. An example of such a method involves the use of the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) to amplify and detect Staphylococcus nucleic acid sequences.
The present invention also relates to nucleic acid probes having all or part of a nucleotide sequence described in Table 1 which are capable of hybridizing under stringent conditions to Staphylococcus nucleic acids. The invention further relates to a method of detecting one or more Staphylococcus nucleic acids in a biological sample obtained from an animal, said one or more nucleic acids encoding Staphylococcus polypeptides, comprising: (a) contacting the sample with one or more of the above-described nucleic acid probes, under conditions such that hybridization occurs, and (b) detecting hybridization of said one or more probes to the Staphylococcus nucleic acid present in the biological sample.
Detailed Description
The present invention relates to recombinant antigenic S. aureus polypeptides and fragments thereof. The invention also relates to methods for using these polypeptides to produce immunological responses and to confer immunological protection to disease caused by
members of the genus Staphylococcus. The invention further relates to nucleic acid sequences which encode antigenic S. aureus polypeptides and to methods for detecting Staphylococcus nucleic acids and polypeptides in biological samples. The invention also relates to
Staphylococcus specific antibodies and methods for detecting such antibodies produced in a host animal.
Definitions
The following definitions are provided to clarify the subject matter which the inventors consider to be the present invention. As used herein, the phrase "pathogenic agent" means an agent which causes a disease state or affliction in an animal. Included within this definition, for examples, are bacteria, protozoans, fungi, viruses and metazoan parasites which either produce a disease state or render an animal infected with such an organism susceptible to a disease state (e.g., a secondary infection). Further included are species and strains of the genus Staphylococcus which produce disease states in animals.
As used herein, the term "organism" means any living biological system, including viruses, regardless of whether it is a pathogenic agent.
As used herein, the term "Staphylococcus" means any species or strain of bacteria which is members of the genus Staphylococcus regardless of whether they are known pathogenic agents.
As used herein, the phrase "one or more S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention" means the amino acid sequence of one or more of the S. aureus polypeptides disclosed in Table 1. These polypeptides may be expressed as fusion proteins wherein the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention are linked to additional amino acid sequences which may be of Staphylococcal or non-Staphylococcal origin. This phrase further includes fragments of the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention.
As used herein, the phrase "full-length amino acid sequence" and "full-length polypeptide" refer to an amino acid sequence or polypeptide encoded by a full-length open reading frame (ORF). For purposes of the present invention, polynucleotide ORFs in Table 1 are defined by the corresponding polypeptide sequences of Table 1 encoded by said polynucleotide. Therefore, a polynucleotide ORF is defined at the 5' end by the first base coding for the initiation codon of the corresponding polypeptide sequence of Table 1 and is defined at the 3' end by the last base of the last codon of said polypeptide sequence. As discussed below for polynucleotide fragments, the ORFs of the present invention may be claimed by a 5' and 3' position of a polynucleotide sequence of the present invention wherein the first base of said sequence is position 1.
As used herein, the phrase "truncated amino acid sequence" and "truncated polypeptide" refer to a sub-sequence of a full-length amino acid sequence or polypeptide. Several criteria may also be used to define the truncated amino acid sequence or polypeptide.
For example, a truncated polypeptide may be defined as a mature polypeptide (e.g., a polypeptide which lacks a leader sequence). A truncated polypeptide may also be defined as an amino acid sequence which is a portion of a longer sequence that has been selected for ease of expression in a heterologous system but retains regions which render the polypeptide useful for use in vaccines (e.g., antigenic regions which are expected to elicit a protective immune response).
Additional definitions are provided throughout the specification.
Explanation of Table 1 Table 1 lists the full length S. aureus polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences of the present invention. Each polynucleotide and polypeptide sequence is proceeded by a gene identifier. Each polynucleotide sequence is followed by at least one polypeptide sequence encoded by said polynucleotide. For some of the sequences of Table 1, a known biological activity and the name of the homolog with similar activity is listed after the gene sequence identifier.
Explanation of Table 2
Table 2 lists accession numbers for the closest matching sequences between the polypeptides of the present invention and those available through GenBank and GeneSeq databases. These reference numbers are the database entry numbers commonly used by those of skill in the art, who will be familar with their denominations. The descriptions of the nomenclature for GenBank are available from the National Center for Biotechnology Information. Column 1 lists the polynucleotide sequence of the present invention. Column 2 lists the accession number of a "match" gene sequence in GenBank or GeneSeq databases. Column 3 lists the description of the "match" gene sequence. Columns 4 and 5 are the high score and smallest sum probability, respectively, calculated by BLAST. Polypeptides of the present invention that do not share significant identity/similarity with any polypeptide sequences of GenBank and GeneSeq are not represented in Table 2. Polypeptides of the present invention that share significant identity/similarity with more than one of the polypeptides of GenBank and GeneSeq may be represented more than once.
Explanation of Table 3.
The S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention may include one or more conservative amino acid substitutions from natural mutations or human manipulation as indicated in Table 3. Changes are preferably of a minor nature, such as conservative amino acid substitutions that do not significantly affect the folding or activity of the protein. Residues from the following groups, as indicated in Table 3, may be substituted for one another: Aromatic, Hydrophobic, Polar, Basic, Acidic, and Small,
Explanation of Table 4
Table 4 lists residues comprising antigenic epitopes of antigenic epitope-bearing fragments present in each of the full length S. aureus polypeptides described in Table 1 as predicted by the inventors using the algorithm of Jameson and Wolf, (1988) Comp. Appl. Biosci. 4:181-186. The Jameson-Wolf antigenic analysis was performed using the computer program PROTEAN (Version 3.11 for the Power Macintosh, DNASTAR, Inc., 1228 South Park Street Madison, WI). S. aureus polypeptides shown in Table 1 may possess one or more antigenic epitopes comprising residues described in Table 4. It will be appreciated that depending on the analytical criteria used to predict antigenic determinants, the exact address of the determinant may vary slightly. The residues and locations shown described in Table 4 correspond to the amino acid sequences for each full length polypeptide sequence shown in Table 1 and in the Sequence Listing. Polypeptides of the present invention that do not have antigenic epitopes recognized by the Jameson-Wolf algorithm are not represented in Table 2.
Nucleic Acid Molecules
Sequenced S. aureus genomic DNA was obtained from the S. aureus strain ISP3. S. aureus strain ISP3, has been deposited at the American Type Culture Collection, as a convenience to those of skill in the art. The S. aureus strain ISP3 was deposited on 7 April 1998 at the ATCC, 10801 University Blvd. Manassas, VA 20110-2209, and given accession number 202108. As discussed elsewhere herein, polynucleotides of the present invention readily may be obtained by routine application of well known and standard procedures for cloning and sequencing DNA. A wide variety of S. aureus strains can be used to prepare S . aureus genomic DNA for cloning and for obtaining polynucleotides and polypeptides of the present invention. A wide variety of S. aureus strains are available to the public from recognized depository institutions, such as the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC). It is recognized that minor variations is the nucleic acid and amino acid sequence may be expected from S. aureus strain to strain. The present invention provides for genes, including both polynucleotides and polypeptides, of the present invention from all the S. aureus strains.
Unless otherwise indicated, all nucleotide sequences determined by sequencing a DNA molecule herein were determined using an automated DNA sequencer (such as the Model 373 from Applied Biosystems, Inc., Foster City, CA), and all amino acid sequences of polypeptides encoded by DNA molecules determined herein were predicted by translation of a DNA sequence determined as above. Therefore, as is known in the art for any DNA sequence determined by this automated approach, any nucleotide sequence determined herein may contain some errors. Nucleotide sequences determined by automation are typically at least about 90% identical, more typically at least about 95% to at least about 99.9% identical to the actual nucleotide sequence of the sequenced DNA molecule. The actual sequence can be more precisely determined by other approaches including manual DNA sequencing methods well known in the art. By "nucleotide sequence" of a nucleic acid molecule or polynucleotide is
intended to mean either a DNA or RNA sequence. Using the information provided herein, such as the nucleotide sequence in Table 1, a nucleic acid molecule of the present invention encoding a S. aureus polypeptide may be obtained using standard cloning and screening procedures, such as those for cloning DNAs using genomic DNA as starting material. See, e.g., Sambrook et al. MOLECULAR CLONING: A LABORATORY MANUAL (Cold Spring
Harbor, N.Y. 2nd ed. 1989); Ausubel et al., CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR
BIOLOGY (John Wiley and Sons, N.Y. 1989). Illustrative of the invention, the nucleic acid molecule described in Table 1 was discovered in a DNA library derived from a S. aureus ISP3 genomic DNA.
TABLE 1. Nucleotide and Amino Acid Sequences of 5. aureus Genes.
>HGS018 , DnaJ, DNA ligase
MADLSSRVMEI-HDLIJNIQYSYEYYVEDNPSVPDSEYD-ΑJLHE^^
SLGNAFNEBD RKFI-QRIREQIGN^
NVETOGEAYMPRRSFLRIOTEKEKNDEQ FANPRINIAAAGSLRQ
KLGFTTNKNRARVNNIDGVLEYIEKWTSQRESLPYDIDGIVIKV^
ELSIGRTGVV P AILEPVKVAGTT /SRASLHNED IHDRDIRIGDSV -AΫ GDIIPEVVRSIPERRPEDAV YHMPTΗ
CPSCGHELVRIEGEVALRCINPKCQAQLVEG IHFVSRQAMNIDGLGTKIIQQLYQSELIKDVADIFYLTEEDLLPLDRM
GQKKVDNI-I-AAIC^AKDNSLEMLLFGI.GIR^
IRALIQKLKDRØVJNIMIYKGIKTSDIEGHPEFSGKTIVL^
KLTKAQS GIEIWTEQQFVDKQNE NS
>HGS019, mapM, ethionine aminopeptidase
TGTC CACTCACTTTCCAAAATACTAAAGTAACATCTTTAGTATATCAAAGAATT TGCATAATAAGTTATAATTATA
TAAAAAAGGAACGGGATAAAAGATTGTAAAAACAGAAGAAGAATTACAAGCGTTAAAAGAAATTGGATACATATGCGCT
AAAGTX^GCAATACAATGCAAGCTGCAACCAAACCΛGGTAT^CTACGAAAGAGCTTGATAATATTKGAAAGAG A^
TGAAGAATACGGTGCTATTTCTGCGCCAATTCATGATGAAAATTT^^
TGGCLACATGGGArrcCAAGTAAGCGTGTCAT
TATTATGCAGATACAGGCATTTCATTTGTCGTTGGAGAATC^^
GATX3GCA TTGAGAATGCAATTGCAAAAGTAAAACCGGGTACTAAGT AAGTAACAT TGGTAAAGCGGTGCATAATA<^G
CTAGACAAAA GATT GAAAGTCATTAAAAACITA^
GTACTΓAA ACT GATCCAAAAGACAAAA<^TTATTAACTGAAGGTATGGTATTAGCTATTX3AACCGTTΓATCTCATC
AAATGCATCATTTGTTACAGAAGGTAAAAATGAATGGGCTTTTGAA^
ATACGGTTATCGTGACTAAGGATGGTCCGATT TAACGACAAAGAT GAAGAAGAATAGT CAACATATACTAAGACTAA
AGTATGAACATCATTTAGTTCCGGAGCCTATTCATATT∞
>HGS019 , MapM, methionine aminopeptidase
MIVKTEEFXQALKEIGYICAKVRNT QAA KTOIT KE DNIAKE FEEYGAISAPIHDENFPGQTCISV^
ΪOIVIREGDLWIDVSALKNGYYADTGISFWGESDDPMKQKVCDVAT^^
VIK-ΛTGHGVGLSLHEAPAHVLNYFDP.U3KTLLTEGM
DGPI TTKIEEE
>HGS022-23-24 , adt, glutamyl-tRKA amidotransferase subunit a, b, and c (operon comprising three ORFs listed below)
TATAC^GTTTATATGAAATTAAAGTAGCACCTCATAAATACT
AATGACTTAAAGGAGGC TTAT AA GAO^AAAGTAACACGTGAAGAAG GAGCATA CGCGAATC TGCA^
AAATTTCTCCTGAAGAAACGGAAGAAATGGC(^ΛCACATTAGAAAGCA AGATTT GCAAAACAAAA GATAGCGCT
GATACAGAAGGCG GAACCTACATATCACG TTTAGATTTACAAAACG TITACGTGAAGATAAAGCAATTAAAGGTAT
TCCACAAGAA AGCT GB-AAAA GCCAAAGAAACAGA
ACGCGTAAGA GAGCΆTTCGCTACGAATCGGT GAGAA TA TAACTT AATAAAAGACAAAAAAATCAAACCATCTGA
TGT-X.TTAAAGΑTATATATGATGCAATTGAAGAG
C_AATCAAAAAAGCGCAAGAATTGGATGAATTACAAGCAAAAGATCAAAT∞
ATAAAAGATAACATTATTAC-AAACGGATTAGAAACAACATGTGC^
ATCTACTGTAATGGAAAAACTACATAATGAAAA GCCGTTTTAATCGGTAAA TAAATATGGATGAGT GCAA GGGTC
GTTCAACAGAAA(_ATCTTATTTCAAAAAAACAGTTAACC^
TCTGCAGCAGCAGTTGCAGCTGGCTTAGTACCΑTT^^
ATATTGTGGCGTTGTCGGTATGAAACC-^CATACGGTCGTGTATC^
ACCAAATTGGTCCATTGACTCGAAATGTAAAAGATAATGCAAT∞^
TCTACAAGTGCACCAGTTGAGATGTAGACTTTACATCTGAAATGGTAAAGATATTAAAGGATTAAAAG GC^TACC
TAAAGAATAC TAGGTGAAGGGTAGCTGATGACGTAAAAGAAGCAGT CAAAACGC GTAGAAACTTAAAAC AG
GTGCTGTCGT GAGGAAGTATI^TTGCCAAATACTAAATTTGGTATTCCATCATATTACGTGATTGCATCATCAGAAGCT
TCGTCAAACCT TCTCGTT TGACGGAATCGTATGGTTATCATTCTAAAGAAGCT(^TCATTAGAAGAATTATATAA
AATG C-^AGATC GAAGGTTTCGGTAAAGAAGTAAAACGTCGTATTTTCTAGGTACATTGCATAAGTTC^
ATGAGCTTAC ATAAAAAATCTCAAAAAGTTAGAACATTGATTAAAAAGACTTTGATAAAGTATTCGAAAATTATGAT
GTAGTAGTTGGTCCAACAGCGCCTACAACOGCGTTTAATTTAGGT^
TGATTTATTAAC^^CCAGTAAACTTAGCTGGATTACCT^
TCGGTTTACAGTTCAT GGTAAACCATCGAGAAAAAACGTTATATCGTGTCGCTTATa^TATGAAACACAATACAAT
TTAI^GACGTTTATGAAAAA ATAAGGAGGGAAATCAGCAT TGAAACAGTTATAGGACT GAAGTTCACGTAGA
GTTAAAAACGGACTCAAAAATGTTTTCTC^
ACOTAGCATATCCAGGTGTCTTACCAOT^
ATGGAAACGCAACAGAATCTAAGTTTGACCGTAAGAACTA TCTATCCAGATAATCCAAAAGCATATCAAATT^
ATTTGATCAACCAATTGGTGAAAATGGATATATCGATATCGAAGT∞
TT^CATGGAAGAAGATGCTGGTAAGTCAACACATAAA∞
CTAATTGAAATCGTATC GAACCAGATATTCGTCACCTAAAGAAGCATATGCATATTTAGAAAAATTGCGTTCAATTAT
TCAATACACTGGGTATCAGACGTTAAGATGGAAGAGGGACTTTACGTTGTGAGCTAACATCTCT ACGTCCATAG
GTCAAGAAAAATT GGTACTAAAGCCGAATTGAAAAACTTAAACTCAT TAACTAGTACGTAAAGGTTTAGAATAGAA
GAAAAACGCCAAGAAGAAGAATG AAAGG GGAGAAATCGGACAAGAAACACGTCGAT GATGAATCTACAGGTAA
AACAATTTAATGCGTGTTAAAGAAGGTTCTGATGATTACCGTTACTTCCCAGAGCCTGACAT GTACCT TATATAT G
ATGATGCT GGAAAGAGCGTGTTCGTCAGACAATTCC GAATTACCAGATGAACGTAAAGCTAAGTAGTAAATGAATTA
GGTTTACCTGCATACGATGGAΩCGTATTAACATTGA
TGCAGATGTTAAATAACATCTAACTGGTTAATGGGTGGCGTAAACGAATAT AAATAAAAATCAAGTAGAATATTAG
ATACTAAATTAACACCAGAAAATTTAGCAGGTATGATTAAACTTATCGAAGACGGAACAATGAGCAGTAAAAT GCGAAG
AAAGTCTTCCCAGAGTrrAGCAGCTAAAGGGGTAATGCTAAACAGATTATGGAAGATAATGGCTAGT CAAATTTC GA
TGAAGCAACACTTI^AAAATTTGTAAATGAAGCATTAGAC^y^TAACGAACAATCAGTTGAAGAT ACAAAAATGGTAAAG
GGAAAGCTATGGGCTTCTTAGTTGGTOiAATTATGAAAGCGTCTAAAGGTCAAGCTAATCCAα^TTAGTAAACAACTA
TTAAAACAAGAATTAGATAAAAGATAATTTAAATCATCAAACTATGAAGATTAAAAAATAAACCCTTGATTGCTGACTT
AGATGCAATCGAGGGTTTAT TATATCTATAGAAGTCAAA
>HGS022, Adt, glutamyl-tRNA amidotransferase subunit a
MSIRYESVENLLTLIKDKKIKPSr.ΛΛ/KDIY^
NII NGLETTCASKMEGFVPIYESTVMEKI-HNENAVLIGKIJIMDEFAMG^
AVAAGLVPFS GSDTGGSIRQPAAYCGVVGMKPTYGRVSRFGLVAFASS DQIGPLTRNVKDNAIVLEAISGADVNDSTS
APVDDVDFTSEIGi iKGKVALPKEYLGEGWADDVKFAVQNAVETKSLGAVVEF^SLPNTKFGIPSYYVIASSEASSN
LSRFIX_IRYGYHSK--AHSI-EELYK-^RSEGFGKEVKRRI^^
GPTAP TAFNLGEEIDDPL MYANDL TTPVNI-AG PGISVPCGQSNGRPIGLQFIGKPFDEKTLYRVAYQYETQYNLHD
VYEKL
>HGS023 , Adt, glutamyl-tRNA amidotransferase subunit b
MHFETVIGLEVHVΕLKTDSKMFSPSPAHFGAEPNSNTNVIDI-AYPGVLPVvNKRAVD^
YFYPDNPKAYQISQFDQPIGENGYIDIEVDGETKRIGITRI-HMEEDAGKSTHKGEYSLVDLNRQGTPLIEIVSEPDIRSP
KEAYAYLEK RSIIQYTGVSDVKMEEGSLRCDANIS RPYGQEKFGTKA^
IGQETRRFDES GKTILMRVKEGSDDYRYFPEPDIVPLYIDDA KERVROTIPELPDERKAKYVNEIΛ
KEMSDFFESTIEHGADVK TSN I-MGG!vNEYLN-™QVE DT-α-TPENIAGM
KQIMEDNGLVQISDEATLI-KFVItfEALDNNEQSV^^
>HGS024 , Adt, glutamyl-tRNA amidotransferase subunit c
MTKVTREEVEHIANI-ARLQISPEETEEMANTLESILDFAKQNDSAD EGVEPTYHVLDLQNVLRED.^^
AKE EDGQFKVPTIMNEEDA
>HGS025 , pth, peptidyl-tRNA hydrolase
CTTACTAAGCTAAAGAATAATGATAATTGATGGCAATGGCGGAAAAT^
TATGTTGGAGGTAAACACGCATGAAATGTATTGTAGGTCTAGGTAA^
ATCGGCTTTGAAGTCGTTGATTATATTTTAGAGAAAAAT^
AATTGAACGAATGAACGGCGATAAAGTGTTATTTATCGAACC^^T^
CGATTATGGA TAT A(_ ^TG AATCCAGaAGATT AAT GTC TATA GA GATT AGATT AGAACAAGGAC^
CGCTTAAGACAAAAAGGAAGTGCGGGCGGTCACAATGGTATGAAA^
ACGTA TCGTAT GGTGTGGGAAGACCAACGAA GGTATGACGGTACC GATTATG ACAACGC CAAATC
AAATGGTAACGATGGAAAAAGTTATCGAACΑCGCAGCACGCGCAATTGA
GTTATGAATGAATTTAATGGTGAAGTGAAATAATGACAATATTGACA^
CTTAATCAGGTATTTGGACAAGCAAACACACTAGTAACTGGTCT CCCCGT
>HGS025 , Pth, peptidyl-tRNA hydrolase MKCIVGLGNIGKRFELTRI∞IGFEvVDYILEKra^SLDK^^ WPEDLIVLYDDLDLEQGQVR RQKGSAGGHNGMKSIIKM.^^ VIEHAARAIEKFVETSRFDHVMNEFNGEVK
>HGS026 GATCCGA ATCTTAGTAGGTGCCAATGAAAGTTATGAGCCACG GTCGCGCGCACCATATCGTAGCACCTAGGATA
ATAATAAGGAGGAATTATAAGTGT TGATC^ATTAGATATGTAGAAGAAAGATACGAACAGTAAATGAAC GTTAAGT
GACCCAGATGTTOTAAATGATTCAGATAAATTACGTAAATATTCTAAAGAGCAAGCTGA TACAAAAAACTGTAGAGT
TTATCGTAACTATAAAGCTAAAAAAGAAGAATAGCTGATATTGAAGAAATGTTAAGTGAGACTGATGATAAAGAAGAAG
TAGAAAIΩTAAAAGAGGAGAGTAAGGTATTAAAGC GAACTCCAAATC GAAGAAGAGCTTAAAATATTATTGAT
CCTAAAGATCCTAATGATGAGAAAGACGTTATTGTAGAAATAAGAGC^^
TGGTGATTTAAGCGTATGTATCAAAGTATGC GAATI^CAAGGATTCAAAACTGAAATAGTAGAAGCGTCTGAAAGTG
ACCATGGTGGTTACAAAGAAATTAGTTTCTCAGTTTCTGGT^
CACCGCGTTCAACGTGTGCCTGAAACΛGAATCAGGTGGACGTATTCAT^^
AGT GAAGATGTAGAAATTGAAATTAGAAAGAAGAT AAAAATCGACACGTATCGTTCAAGTGGTGCAGGTGGTCAGC ACGTAAACACAACTGACTCTGCAGTACGTATTACCCATTTACCAACTGGTGTCATTGCAACATCTTC GAGAAGTCTCAA A TCAAAACCGTGAAAAAGCAATGAAAGTGTTAAAAGCACGTTTATACGATATGAAAGTCAAGAAGAACAACAAAAGTA TGCGT^C^^CGTAAATCAGCAGTCGGTACTGGTGATCGTTCAGAACGTATTCGAACTTATAATTATCCACAAAGCCGTG TAACAGAC(^TCGTATAGGTCTAACGCTTC-y^AAA AGGG(^y^TTATGGAAGGCCATTAGAAGAAATTATAGATGCA CTGACTTTATCAGAGCAGACAGATAAATTGAAAGAACTAATAATGGTGAATTATAAAGAAAAGTTAGATGAAGCAAT C ATT AACAO^CAAAAAGGGT GAACAAACACGAGC GAATGG AATGTTAGATGTAT TCAAGGACGCGTACG
>HGS026
VFDQLDIVEERYEQrjNELLSDPDVvNDSDKLRKYSKEQADLQK vDVYRNYr^AKKEEI-ADIEE
SNGIKAELPNLEEE KILLIPKDPNDDKDVIVEIRAAAGGDEAAIFAGDlJymMYSKYAESQGFKTEIVEASESDHGGY-^
ISFSVSGNGAYSKL-SFENGAHRVQRVPETESGGRIHTSTATVAVLPEVEDVEIEIRNEDLKID YRSSGAGGQHVN^
AWITHLPTGVIATSSEKSQIQNREKAMKVLKARLYDM^
LTLQKLGQIMEGHLEEIIDA TLSEQTDKLKE NNGEL
>HGS028
ATTTCTTAACATTGTTATTTAA(^AAATTATGT AAAATTTAGCA ATAAAAGATGCAAATCAA13ACTTGAATTGAAA
TATAAATAGGAGCGAATGCTAGGAATATCAGAAATCAAACGAAATATAGATAAGTATAATC-^GA TAACACAAAT
AGGGGGTCTC TGAC AGAGAACAAAGAAACTAATAT C^^GAATATGAAGAAATGATGGCAGAACCTAATTTT GGGA
TAACCAAACGAAAGCGCAAGATATTATAGATAAAAATAAGCGTAAAAGCAATAGTTAATGGTTATAAAACACTACAAG
CAGAAGTAGATGACATGGATGCTACTTGGGATTTATTACAAGAAGAAT TGATGAAGAAAGAAAGAAGACTTAGAGCAA
GAGGCA AAT AAGGCTAAAGTGGAGAATACGAATTGCAA A ATTAGATGGGCCTCACGATGCCAATAACGC
AATTCTAGAGTTACATCCTGGTGCAGGTGGCACGGAGTCTCAAGATT^^
ATTGTGAGAAGAAAGGCTTTAAAGTTGAAACTGTTGATTATCTACC^
CTCΑTC-AAAGGGCΛTAATGCTTATGGTTATTTAAAA TCATC^GGACGTCG CATACATCAT TGCATCATGCGACGTTATTCCAGAT AATAATGAGAAATAGAGATTGAAA
TCAATCCGGATGATATTACAGTTGATACAT CAGAGCTTCT^
ATACGAATTACCCACCACCCCTCAGGTATAGTGTTAATAACC^^AAATGAACGT C CAAATTAAAAACCGGAAGCAGC
TATGAAAATG AAAGTCTAAATTATAT(^^TTAAAATTGGAAGAGCAGGCACG GAAATGGC GAAATTCGTGGCGAAC
AAAAAGAAATCGGCTGGGGAAGCCAAATTAGATCATATGTTTTCCATCCATACTCAATGGTGAAAGATCATCGTACGAAC
GAAGAAACAGGTAAGGTTGATGCAGTGATGGATGGAGACATTGGACCAT^
GCACGATTAATATATATT TAAAACCGAGGCTCTAAAAGGGCGTCGG TTTGGT T TAAAGGTAGCTAAATAAATT
GTAAATAGAT GGAATATGATTTG TTAGAA
>HGS028
MELSEIKRNIDKYNQDLTQIRGSLDLENKETNIQEYEEMMAEPNFW^^
ATWDI-LQEEFDEEMKEDLEQEVINFKAKVDEYELQI LDGPHDANNAILELHPGAGGTESQDWAM
KVE VDY PGDEAGIKSV LLIKGHNAYGY KAEKGVHR VRISPFDSSGRRHTSFASCDVIPDFNNDEIEIEINPDDIT
VDTFRASGAGGQHINKTESAIRITHHPSGΓVVNNQNERSQIKNRΞAAMKM KSKLYQLΪO-EEQAREMAE
SQIRSYVFHPYSMVKDHR NEETGKVDAVMDGDIGPFIESYLROTMSHD
>HGS030 , Tmk, thymidylate kinase
AATAACTGAAAATATGATAGAA GGTAAAGAATATCOΌGAAAC GGAATGATAGTTGAAGGAATTAAAAATAATAAAA TT TAGTTGAGGATGAATAAAATGTCAGCT TTATAAC TT GAGGGCCCAGAAGGCTCTGGAAAAACAACTGTAATTAA
TGAAGTTTACCATAGAT AGTAAAAGATTATGA GTCAT ATGACTAGAGAACI^GGTGGTG CCTAC GGTGAAGAAA
TACGTAAAATTGTATTAGAAGGOΛTGATATGGACATTAGAACTGAAGCAATGTTATTGCTGCATCTAGAAGAGAACAT
CTTGTATTAAAGGTCATACCy-GCTTTAAAAGAAGGTAAGGT^
TCAAGGTTAGCTAGAGGGATTGGCGTTGAAGAAGTAAGAGCATAAACGAAT GCAATAAATGGATATATCCAGACT GACGATTTAT TAAATGTTAGTGCTGAAGTAGGTCGCGAACGTATTATTAAAAATTCAAGAGATCAAAATAGATTAGAT
CAAGAAGATTTAAAGTTTCACGAAAAAGTAATTGAAGGTTACC^^GAAATCATTCATAATGAATCACAACGGTTCAAAAG
CGTTAATGC-AGATCAACCTCTTGAAAATGrTGTTGAAGA
ATAATGTAGAAGAGGGTATAAAATGAAAATGATTATAGCGATCGTAC^^GATCAAGATAGTCAGGAACTGCAGAT
CAACTGTAAAAATAACTTAGAGCAACAAAAT GGCAA
>HGS030, tmk, thymidylate kinase MSAFITFEGPEGSGKTWINEVYHRLVTOYDVIMTREPGGvP^ ALKEGKWCDRYIDSSI-AYQGYARGIGVEEvRALNEFAINGLYPD^^ EKVIEGYQEIIHNESQRFKSVNADQP ENWEDTYQTIIKY EKI
>HGS031, PyrH, uridylate kinase
AATGTTGCTITATTAAAATGTAAATCATTCTAATAAAA
ACGATAGAGAGGATAAGAAAATGGCTCAAATTCTAAATATAAACGGTAGTT GAAACAAGTGGGAAGCGTTAGCT
GGAGAAAAAGGATTTGGCATAAATCCΑGTAATTATTAAAAGTGTTG^
TTATTGCACTGTGTTTATATAATTTCCTTTCGT^
AATCGACAGACGAAAATGAAAAAGT GATA GAAAGTACAGAGAACAATT GAATCTAAAGATAAAATCACTAAAGAATAAAGAGAAT
ATTTAAGGTAAAGTATAAATT TAAATAAAGGGGAATAGACATGGAAAAAAATGTAGAAAAATCAT CATAAAGATAGGT TATAT
CAAATAGCTTATATAGTACTCATGGCTATAACTTTATGTGGGTTTGTAATTGCTATGGACTAATTTTCGGCCTTTTCTATTTATTATCA
GGTAGCAGAGCTGATTATTTAATAGTAACAATAGTTATATCGGO^TAATTTCTATATTGTAATTATACTTTCAATCGTACCTGTCATC
GTATTGGCATCTGAC1TAT TAAAGAAAGGAT TCAAAAGGGTCATATTAA GTATTGGCTATTATCGCTT AGTATTATGCAACTTT
GTATC GCAATACTCTGGTTTGTTTCAGCCATATCTATTTTAGGTAGAAAAAAA AGTAGCTGCAGCAGATACTACCACTATTCAAAAA
AGTAAAGGGAACGCAAATC-AAGI^TCACATAAAGACΑCGTGTAAAAAGGAACTTGATAGTCAAGACATGATGGAACATCC GAGGTTAAA
AATCCCACGACTAAAAACCT GAAGGA TAACGAAGAAATACATAAAGATGAAGCTACAACTAAAGT GTCAGGATAACACGGAACCG
CCTATGAATCAAAAGACCΆTGTCTCGAAAAAAGA GATGACAAACTAATCGAGAGAC AAAAAAATAATATTCAACATAAGAACTT
TAAAACGACATTAAACGCAT GCCAACACTAATGGTAGTGCGTTAACTATACCTTAAATATCTGAATAT GTAAATGGAGCTAC
CTTTGTTGTACTAOTO-AATGAAGAGGAGTA^
ATTAGTAACTGGCGGAGCACAAGGGATTGGTTTTAAAATTGCAG^
TGAAGAAGGGGCAAAAGCAGC GCACTTAAATTATΑ^GTGATGGTACAAAAGCTATTGCTATCAAAGCAGAGTATCAAACCGTGAGA
TGTATTAACGCATAAGACAAACTGCCGCGCAATTTGGCGATTCCATG(^GGTTAACAATGCCGGCCTTGGACC-AACAACACCAAC
GATACAATTACTGAAGAACAGTTAAAACAGTATAGGCGTGAACG GCAGGTGGCTAGGGGTATTCAAGCCGCACAGAACAATT
AAAAAATTCAATCATGGCGGTAAAATTATC TGCAACATCTCAAG^
AAATTCGCΑGGCGAGGTTTAACACAAGTAGCCGCACAAGATTTAGCGTCTGAAGGTATTAC GTGAATGCATCGCACC GGTATCGT
C^AAACACCAAGATGGAAAGTATCGCAGTGGCAACΑGCCGAAGAAGCAGGTAAACC GAAGCATGGGGTGGGAACA^
ATGC TGGGCAGAGT TCTCAACCAGAAGAGTTTCAAAGTAGTGAGCTTCTTAGCTGGTAAAGACCTGATACA
ACAATTATTGTAGATGGTGGTATGAGATTCCG AATAATCATCCACTAATGATAAATAAATCCTTATTGTTAAGTTAATCACTTAGCA
GTAAGGATTTTTTAGTGCACTTAGAAGGGAGTGTATTGGTAGAAAATAATAAGCGAAGTTCTTAAGTGAGTTATGATGTCACAGTCTAA
TGCATCAGT GAAAGCATATTAGTATTAACAΑCCCAAGATATTATAAAACATCACAAAAACACCACTATCTAATTTATCTCAATAAAA
ATTCACAAAGT ATCTCATT TAT TTTATAAATAAAAAATATCGATAAAAAGCTTACAATAC TATGTT TATGATATAT ^
GTATAAATGAGGTGGAAGATT GGAAAGAG TTGATAACTGGTGGGGC GGTTTATGGGTCGCATTTAGTAGATGATTTA
ATTATGATGTTTATGTTCTAGATAACTATAGAACAGGTAAACGAG^
TTCGTGAATATGATGCAGTTGAAC-V^TCATGAAGACATAT^
CGGTTGAGAAACCTATCTTATCTCAAGAAATAAACGTCGTAGCAACATTAAGATTGTTAGAAATCATTAAAAAATATAATAATCATATAA
AACGTTTTATCTTTGCTTCGTCAGCAGCTGTTT^^
(^TATGCAATAGATAAATATTACGGCGAACGGACGACATTAAATT^^
ATGTATTTGGGCCΪΛGACAGGATCCTAAGTCACAATATTCAGGTC^
CATTT GGTGACGGACTGCAAACTAGAGA TTGTATATGTATAGAG GTTCAATC^
CAAT GGACACGGTTATAACAT GGTACAGGCACTTT ACTAATT ATTAGAGGTTACGTATAT
TCGAGCATGAAT TAAAGAAGCACGAAAAGGAGATAT AAGCATTCTTAGCAGATATTTCTAACTTAAAGGCATO
AATATAGAGTAGAAACAGG TAAAGGATTACTTTAATTTTGAGGTAGATAATA GAAGAAGTACAGCTAAAGAAGTGGAAATGTCGT
GAAAATGACA GAAGC GTCCATAATAATAAGGGTATGCCTATCAAAGAAAATTAGACAAACT'AGAAGAAG
CCAATTAAACGTGCGATTGACTTAATTTTAAGCATTGTT^
ATAGATTCGCCAGGAAACCCTATTTATAGTC^GGTTAGAGTTGGGA^
AAAAACGCΛGAGAAAAACGGTGCGCAATGGGCTGATAAAGATGATGATCGTAT^
GATGAATTACCACAACTAATTAATGTTGTTAAAGGGGAAATGAGTT^
AGTTCAGAAGTGATAGGTTTCGΆGCAAAGATGTCTTGTTACA^
CCGC^^OWIAAACTGAAATATGACATGAAATATATACATAA^
GTTATTACAGGGGAAGGCTCAAGGTAGTCTTAATTTACTTAATAAG^
GTATAACGAGGAATCCCTTGAGAC>ATΑW^TGGCATTAAGAA^
GATGAGATAGCCAGTTAAGAAAT GAAAGTATAGCΑ AAAGGGG TGTAACAGTTGAAAA ATATAT GTATTACTAAAG^
ATGGTGGTGCACAAACACATCTCATTCAACTCGCCAACCATOT^
TGATTGAACMCTAGATGCAAGAGTTAATGTAATTATTATC^
AAGTG TAGC^CAGTTATTCTCGAAAATTAAACCTGRØGTT^^
TCATTTCGAAATCGAAAGACACACGTATAGTTTTTACTGCΛ
ATTAGTTATCGAAAAATTAAGTCACT ATTACAGATAGCATTAT TGGT CAGA CGATAAACAGTTAGCGTTAAAATATCGAT
TTAATCGATTGAAATTAACCΑCAATAC^TAATGGTARIGCAGΛ
TTGGCGAAGTAGT GGAATGT GCCTAATAAACAAGATTTACAGATTAAGCCCCGACAAAGCATCAATT G AGATTG^
CTTATCC^AAATTGCCACAAAATCTAATCGCGGCAATAG^^
ATGGACCTACATTAAATGATTGT<^GC ^^GT GTACAAGCT^
GTCATTTATTATCAC^TACGATACGTTTATTTTAATAAG
TGCCTGTTATAGCCAGTCATGTTGGCGGTATTTCAGAATT^^
CTAAAGTCCTGGAAAAATAT TAATAGACAGTGATACATO\AAATGAGTAA^
AGAAAATGATAAAGAAGGGAAGACGTTATAATGGAAAATCAACACAATAGTAAATTACTAACATGTACTTATCGGT^
TTTATTCΆGCAATCTTCGGTTATTGCCGGTGTGAATGT^
GCTAACI^TTTATTAAAGGCAAATCATTTTTTACAGTTT^
TTTGATGATTTGATATTTATTACGGTTAAGGAAGTTCTT^^
ATCATCTITAAGTTAGGTAATAGCΛAAAAAGTGATCGTTACCT
GGT TGAACAAGTCCCCTTTACTAATGAAATTGTTATATTTT^^
>168339_2
MKSDSIJKENIIYQGLYQLIR MTPLITIPIISRAFGPSGVGIVSFSFNIVQYFIJ.IASVGVQLYFNRVIAKSVNDKRQLS QQFVTOIFVSKLFI-ALTvFAMYMWITIFIDDYYLIFL^^ FV-OX^SD SLYVFTIAIVTVIJNQLPLFIY KRYISFVSV^
VGIFSNAFNI TVAIIMITOTFDLVMIPRI KMSIQQSHSL KTIANNMNIQLILTIPMVFGLIAIMPSFYLWFFGEEFAS
TVPUYFFLLAILV IIPI-NMLISRQYLLIVNKIRLYNASITIGAVINLVLCIILIYFYGIYGAAIARLITEF^^
ITKINVK NIVSTIQ^IAAWMFI^^
Nucleic acid molecules of the present invention may be in the form of RNA, such as RNA, or in the form of DNA, including, for instance, DNA and genomic DNA obtained by cloning or produced synthetically. The DNA may be double-stranded or single-stranded. Single-stranded DNA or RNA may be the coding strand, also known as the sense strand, or it may be the non-coding strand, also referred to as the anti-sense strand.
By "isolated" polynucleotide sequence is intended a nucleic acid molecule, DNA or RNA, which has been removed from its native environment. This includes segments of DNA comprising the S. aureus polynucleotides of the present invention isolated from the native chromosome. These fragments include both isolated fragments consisting only of S. aureus DNA and fragments comprising heterologous sequences such as vector sequences or other foreign DNA. For example, recombinant DNA molecules contained in a vector are considered isolated for the purposes of the present invention which may be partially or substantially purified. Further examples of isolated DNA molecules include recombinant DNA molecules introduced and maintained in heterologous host cells or purified (partially or substantially) DNA molecules in solution. Isolated RNA molecules include in vivo or in vitro RNA transcripts of the DNA molecules of the present invention. Isolated nucleic acid molecules according to the present invention further include such molecules produced synthetically which may be partially or substantially purified the excluded RNA or heterologous DNA. Isolated nucleic acid molecules e at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 96%, 98%, 99%, or 100% pure relative to herelogous (Staphylococcus or other) (DNA or RNA) or relative to all materials and compounds other than the carrier solution. The term "isolated" does not refer to genomic or cDNA libraries, whole cell mRNA preparations, genomic DNA digests (including those gel separated by electrophoresis), whole chromosome or sheared whole cell genomic DNA preparations or other compositions where the art demonstrates no distinguishing features of the polynucleotides sequences of the present invention. In addition, isolated nucleic acid molecules of the invention include DNA molecules which comprise a sequence substantially different from those described above but which, due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, still encode a S. aureus polypeptides and peptides of the present invention (e.g. polypeptides of Table 1). That is, all possible DNA sequences that encode the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention. This includes the genetic code and species-specific codon preferences known in the art. Thus, it would be routine for one skilled
in the art to generate the degenerate variants described above, for instance, to optimize codon expression for a particular host (e.g., change codons in the bacteria mRNA to those preferred by a mammalian or other bacterial host such as E. colϊ).
The invention further provides isolated nucleic acid molecules having the nucleotide sequence shown in Table 1 or a nucleic acid molecule having a sequence complementary to one of the above sequences. Such isolated molecules, particularly DNA molecules, are useful as probes for gene mapping and for identifying S. aureus in a biological sample, for instance, by PCR or Northern blot analysis. In specific embodiments, the polynucleotides of the present invention are less than 300kb, 200kb, lOOkb, 50kb, 10,kb, 7.5kb, 5kb, 2.5kb, and lkb. In another embodiment, the polynucleotides comprising the coding sequence for polypeptides of the present invention do not contain genomic flanking gene sequences or contain only genomic flanking gene sequences having regulatory control sequences for the said polynucleotides.
The present invention is further directed to nucleic acid molecules encoding portions or fragments of the nucleotide sequences described herein. Uses for the polynucleotide fragments of the present invention include probes, primers, molecular weight, markers and for expressing the polypeptide fragments of the present invention. Fragments include portions of the nucleotide sequences of Table 1, at least 10 contiguous nucleotides in length selected from any two integers, one of which representing a 5' nucleotide position and a second of which representing a 3' nucleotide position, where the first nucleotide for each nucleotide sequence in Table 1 is position 1. That is, every combination of a 5' and 3' nucleotide position that a fragment at least 10 contiguous nucleotides in length could occupy is included in the invention as an individual species. "At least" means a fragment may be 10 contiguous nucleotide bases in length or any integer between 10 and the length of an entire nucleotide sequence minus 1. Therefore, included in the invention are contiguous fragments specified by any 5' and 3' nucleotide base positions of a nucleotide sequences of Table 1 wherein the contiguous fragment is any integer between 10 and the length of an entire nucleotide sequence minus 1.
The polynucleotide fragment specified by 5' and 3' positions can be immediately envisaged using the clone description and are therefore not individually listed solely for the purpose of not unnecessarily lengthening the specifications. Although it is particularly pointed out that each of the above described species may be included in or excluded from the present invention. The above species of polynucleotides fragments of the present invention may alternatively be described by the formula "a to b"; where "a" equals the 5" nucleotide position and "b" equals 3" nucleotide position of the polynucleotide fragment, where "a" equals an integer between 1 and the number of nucleotides of the polynucleotide sequence of the present invention minus 10, where "b" equals an integer between 10 and the number of nucleotides of the polynucleotide sequence of the present invention; and where 'a" is an integer smaller then "b" by at least 10.
Again, it is particularly pointed out that each species of the above formula may be specifically included in, or excluded from, the present invention. Further, the invention includes polynucleotides comprising sub-genuses of fragments specified by size, in nucleotides, rather than by nucleotide positions. The invention includes any fragment size, in contiguous nucleotides, selected from integers between 10 and the length of an entire nucleotide sequence minus 1. Preferred size of contiguous nucleotide fragments include 20 nucleotides, 30 nucleotides, 40 nucleotides, 50 nucleotides, 60 nucleotides, 70 nucleotides, 80 nucleotides, 90 nucleotides, 100 nucleotides, 125 nucleotides, 150 nucleotides, 175 nucleotides, 200 nucleotides. 250 nucleotides, 300 nucleotides, 350 nucleotides, 400 nucleotides, 450 nucleotides, 500 nucleotides, 550 nucleotides, 600 nucleotides, 650 nucleotides, 700 nucleotides, 750 nucleotides, 800 nucleotides, 850 nucleotides, 900 nucleotides, 950 nucleotides, 1000 nucleotides, 1050 nucleotides, 1100 nucleotides, and 1150 nucleotides. Other preferred sizes of contiguous polynucleotide fragments, which may be useful as diagnostic probes and primers, include fragment sizes representing each integer between 50-300. Larger fragments are also useful according to the present invention corresponding to most, if not all, of the polynucleotide sequences of the sequence listing or deposited clones. The preferred sizes are, of course, meant to exemplify not limit to present invention as all size fragments, representing any integer between 10 and the length of an entire nucleotide sequence minus 1 of the sequence listing or deposited clones, may be specifically included from the invention. Additional preferred nucleic acid fragment of the present invention include nucleic acid molecules encoding epitope-bearing portions of the polynucleotides (e.g., including but not limited to, nucleic acid molecules encoding epitope- bearing portions of the polynucleotides which are shown in Table 4).
In another aspect, the invention provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide which hybridizes under stringent hybridization conditions to a portion of a polynucleotide in a nucleic acid molecules of the invention described above, for instance, nucleotide sequences of Table 1. By "stringent hybridization conditions" is intended overnight incubation at 42°C in a solution comprising: 50% formamide, 5x SSC (750 mM NaCl, 75 mM trisodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.6), 5x Denhardt's solution, 10% dextran sulfate, and 20 μg/ml denatured, sheared salmon sperm DNA, followed by washing the filters in O.lx SSC at about 65°C. Hybridizing polynucleotides are useful as diagnostic probes and primers as discussed above. Portions of a polynucleotide which hybridize to a nucleotide sequence in Table 1, which can be used as probes and primers, may be precisely specified by 5' and 3' base positions or by size in nucleotide bases as described above or precisely excluded in the same manner. Preferred hybridizing polynucleotdies of the present invention are those that, when labeled and used in a hybridization assay known in the art (e.g. Southern and Northern blot analysis), display the greatest signal strength with the polynucleotides of Table 1
regardless of other heterologous sequences present in equamolar amounts
The nucleic acid molecules of the present invention, which encode a S. aureus polypeptide, may include, but are not limited to, nucleic acid molecules encoding the full length
S. aureus polypeptides of Table 1. Also included in the present invention are nucleic acids encoding the above full length sequences and further comprise additional sequences, such as those encoding an added secretory leader sequence, such as a pre-, or pro- or prepro- protein sequence. Further included in the present invention are nucleic acids encoding the above full length sequences and portions thereof and further comprise additional heterologous amino acid sequences encoded by nucleic acid sequences from a different source. Also included in the present invention are nucleic acids encoding the above protein sequences together with additional, non-coding sequences, including for example, but not limited to non-coding 5' and 3' sequences. These sequences include transcribed, non- translated sequences that may play a role in transcription, and mRNA processing, for example, ribosome binding and stability of mRNA. Also included in the present invention are additional coding sequences which provide additional functionalities.
Thus, a nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide may be fused to a marker sequence, such as a sequence encoding a peptide which facilitates purification of the fused polypeptide. In certain preferred embodiments of this aspect of the invention, the marker amino acid sequence is a hexa-histidine peptide, such as the tag provided in a pQE vector (QIAGEN, Inc., 9259 Eton Avenue, Chatsworth, CA, 91311), among others, many of which are commercially available. For instance, hexa-histidine provides for convenient purification of the fusion protein. See Gentz et al. (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 86:821-24. The "HA" tag is another peptide useful for purification which corresponds to an epitope derived from the influenza hemagglutinin protein. See Wilson et al. (1984) Cell 37:767. As discussed below, other such fusion proteins include the S. aureus fused to Fc at the N- or C-terminus.
Variant and Mutant Polynucleotides
The present invention further relates to variants of the nucleic acid molecules which encode portions, analogs or derivatives of a S. aureus polypeptides of Table 1 , and variant polypeptides thereof including portions, analogs, and derivatives of the S. aureus polypeptides. Variants may occur naturally, such as a natural allelic variant. By an "allelic variant" is intended one of several alternate forms of a gene occupying a given locus on a chromosome of an organism. See, e.g., B. Lewin, Genes IV (1990). Non-naturally occurring variants may be produced using art-known mutagenesis techniques. Such nucleic acid variants include those produced by nucleotide substitutions, deletions, or additions. The substitutions, deletions, or additions may involve one or more nucleotides. The variants may be altered in coding regions, non-coding regions, or both.
Alterations in the coding regions may produce conservative or non-conservative amino acid substitutions, deletions or additions. Especially preferred among these are silent substitutions, additions and deletions, which do not alter the properties and activities of a S. aureus protein of the present invention or portions thereof. Also preferred in this regard are conservative substitutions.
Such polypeptide variants include those produced by amino acid substitutions, deletions or additions. The substitutions, deletions, or additions may involve one or more residues. Alterations may produce conservative or non-conservative amino acid substitutions, deletions, or additions. Especially preferred among these are silent substitutions, additions and deletions, which do not alter the properties and activities of a S. aureus protein of the present invention or portions thereof. Also especially preferred in this regard are conservative substitutions.
The present invention also relates to recombinant vectors, which include the isolated nucleic acid molecules of the present invention, and to host cells containing the recombinant vectors, as well as to methods of making such vectors and host cells and for using them for production of S. aureus polypeptides or peptides by recombinant techniques.
The present application is directed to nucleic acid molecules at least 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identical to a nucleic acid sequence shown in Table 1. The above nucleic acid sequences are included irrespective of whether they encode a polypeptide having S. aureus activity. This is because even where a particular nucleic acid molecule does not encode a polypeptide having S. aureus activity, one of skill in the art would still know how to use the nucleic acid molecule, for instance, as a hybridization probe or primer. Uses of the nucleic acid molecules of the present invention that do not encode a polypeptide having S. aureus activity include, inter alia, isolating an S. aureus gene or allelic variants thereof from a DNA library, and detecting S. aureus mRNA expression in biological or environmental samples, suspected of containing S. aureus by Northern Blot analysis or PCR.
The present invention is further directed to nucleic acid molecules having sequences at least 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identical to the nucleic acid sequence shown in Table 1, which do, in fact, encode a polypeptide having S. aureus protein activity. By "a polypeptide having S. aureus activity" is intended polypeptides exhibiting activity similar, but not necessarily identical, to an activity of the S. aureus protein of the invention, as measured in a particular biological assay suitable for measuring activity of the specified protein. The biological activity of some of the polypeptides of the presents invention are listed in Table 1, after the name of the closest homolog with similar activity. The biological activities were determined using methods known in the art for the particular biological activity listed. For the remaining polypeptides of Table 1 , the assays known in the art to measure the activity of the polypeptides of Table 2, sharing a high degree of identity, may be used to measure the activity
of the corresponding polypeptides of Table 1.
Of course, due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, one of ordinary skill in the art will immediately recognize that a large number of the nucleic acid molecules having a sequence at least 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical to the nucleic acid sequences shown in Table 1 will encode a polypeptide having biological activity. In fact, since degenerate variants of these nucleotide sequences all encode the same polypeptide, this will be clear to the skilled artisan even without performing the above described comparison assay. It will be further recognized in the art that, for such nucleic acid molecules that are not degenerate variants, a reasonable number will also encode a polypeptide having biological activity. This is because the skilled artisan is fully aware of amino acid substitutions that are either less likely or not likely to significantly effect protein function (e.g., replacing one aliphatic amino acid with a second aliphatic amino acid), as further described below.
By a polynucleotide having a nucleotide sequence at least, for example, 95% "identical" to a reference nucleotide sequence of the present invention, it is intended that the nucleotide sequence of the polynucleotide is identical to the reference sequence except that the polynucleotide sequence may include up to five point mutations per each 100 nucleotides of the reference nucleotide sequence encoding the S. aureus polypeptide. In other words, to obtain a polynucleotide having a nucleotide sequence at least 95% identical to a reference nucleotide sequence, up to 5% of the nucleotides in the reference sequence may be deleted, inserted, or substituted with another nucleotide. The query sequence may be an entire sequence shown in Table 1, the ORF (open reading frame), or any fragment specified as described herein.
Other methods of determining and defining whether any particular nucleic acid molecule or polypeptide is at least 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99%) identical to a nucleotide sequence of the presence invention can be done by using known computer programs. A preferred method for determining the best overall match between a query sequence (a sequence of the present invention) and a subject sequence, also referred to as a global sequence alignment, can be determined using the FASTDB computer program based on the algorithm of Brutlag et al. See Brutlag et al. (1990) Comp. App. Biosci. 6:237-245. In a sequence alignment the query and subject sequences are both DNA sequences. An RNA sequence can be compared by first converting U's to T's. The result of said global sequence alignment is in percent identity. Preferred parameters used in a FASTDB alignment of DNA sequences to calculate percent identity are: Matrix=Unitary, k-tuple=4, Mismatch Penalty=l, Joining Penalty=30, Randomization Group Length=0, Cutoff Score=l, Gap Penalty=5, Gap Size Penalty 0.05, Window Size=500 or the length of the subject nucleotide sequence, whichever is shorter.
TABLE 2. Closest matching sequence between the polypeptides of the present invention an sequences in GenSeq and GenBank databases
If the subject sequence is shorter than the query sequence because of 5' or 3' deletions, not because of internal deletions, a manual correction must be made to the results. This is because the FASTDB program does not account for 5' and 3' truncations of the subject sequence when calculating percent identity. For subject sequences truncated at the 5' or 3' ends, relative to the query sequence, the percent identity is corrected by calculating the number of bases of the query sequence that are 5' and 3' of the subject sequence, which are not matched/aligned, as a percent of the total bases of the query sequence. Whether a nucleotide is matched/aligned is determined by results of the FASTDB sequence alignment. This percentage is then subtracted from the percent identity, calculated by the above FASTDB program using the specified parameters, to arrive at a final percent identity score. This corrected score is what is used for the purposes of the present invention. Only nucleotides outside the 5' and 3' nucleotides of the subject sequence, as displayed by the FASTDB alignment, which are not matched/aligned with the query sequence, are calculated for the purposes of manually adjusting the percent identity score. For example, a 90 nucleotide subject sequence is aligned to a 100 nucleotide query sequence to determine percent identity. The deletions occur at the 5' end of the subject sequence and therefore, the FASTDB alignment does not show a matched/alignment of the first 10 nucleotides at 5' end. The 10 unpaired nucleotides represent 10% of the sequence (number of nucleotides at the 5' and 3' ends not matched/total number of nucleotides in the query sequence) so 10% is subtracted from the percent identity score calculated by the FASTDB program. If the remaining 90 nucleotides were perfectly matched the final percent identity would be 90%. In another example, a 90 nucleotide subject sequence is compared with a 100 nucleotide query sequence. This time the deletions are internal deletions so that there are no nucleotides on the 5' or 3' of the subject sequence which are not matched/aligned with the query. In this case the percent identity calculated by FASTDB is not manually corrected. Once again, only nucleotides 5' and 3' of the subject sequence which are not matched/aligned with the query sequence are manually corrected for. No other manual corrections are made for the purposes of the present invention.
Vectors and Host Cell
The present invention also relates to vectors which include the isolated DNA molecules of the present invention, host cells comprising the recombinant vectors, and the production of S. aureus polypeptides and peptides of the present invention expressed by the host cells.
Recombinant constructs may be introduced into host cells using well known techniques such as infection, transduction, transfection, transvection, electroporation and transformation. The vector may be, for example, a phage, plasmid, viral or retroviral vector. Retroviral vectors may be replication competent or replication defective. In the latter case, viral propagation generally will occur only in complementing host cells.
The polynucleotides may be joined to a vector containing a selectable marker for
propagation in a host. Generally, a plasmid vector is introduced in a precipitate, such as a calcium phosphate precipitate, or in a complex with a charged lipid. If the vector is a virus, it may be packaged in vitro using an appropriate packaging cell line and then transduced into host cells. Preferred are vectors comprising cis-acύng control regions to the polynucleotide of interest. Appropriate transacting factors may be supplied by the host, supplied by a complementing vector or supplied by the vector itself upon introduction into the host.
In certain preferred embodiments in this regard, the vectors provide for specific expression, which may be inducible and/or cell type-specific. Particularly preferred among such vectors are those inducible by environmental factors that are easy to manipulate, such as temperature and nutrient additives.
Expression vectors useful in the present invention include chromosomal-, episomal- and virus-derived vectors, e.g., vectors derived from bacterial plasmids, bacteriophage, yeast episomes, yeast chromosomal elements, viruses such as baculoviruses, papova viruses, vaccinia viruses, adenoviruses, fowl pox viruses, pseudorabies viruses and retroviruses, and vectors derived from combinations thereof, such as cosmids and phagemids.
The DNA insert should be operatively linked to an appropriate promoter, such as the phage lambda PL promoter, the E. coli lac, trp and tac promoters, the SV40 early and late promoters and promoters of retroviral LTRs, to name a few. Other suitable promoters will be known to the skilled artisan. The expression constructs will further contain sites for transcription initiation, termination and, in the transcribed region, a ribosome binding site for translation. The coding portion of the mature transcripts expressed by the constructs will preferably include a translation initiating site at the beginning and a termination codon (UAA, UGA or UAG) appropriately positioned at the end of the polypeptide to be translated. As indicated, the expression vectors will preferably include at least one selectable marker. Such markers include dihydrofolate reductase or neomycin resistance for eukaryotic cell culture and tetracycline, kanamycin, or ampicillin resistance genes for culturing in E. coli and other bacteria. Representative examples of appropriate hosts include, but are not limited to, bacterial cells, such as E. coli, Streptomyces and Salmonella typhimurium cells; fungal cells, such as yeast cells; insect cells such as Drosophila S2 and Spodoptera Sf9 cells; animal cells such as CHO, COS and Bowes melanoma cells; and plant cells. Appropriate culture mediums and conditions for the above-described host cells are known in the art.
Among vectors preferred for use in bacteria include pQE70, pQE60 and pQE9, pQElO available from Qiagen; pBS vectors, Phagescript vectors, Bluescript vectors, pNH8A, pNH16a, pNH18A, pNH46A available from Stratagene; pET series of vectors available from Novagen; and ptrc99a, pKK223-3, pKK233-3, pDR540, pRIT5 available from Pharmacia. Among preferred eukaryotic vectors are pWLNEO, pSV2CAT, pOG44, pXTl and pSG available from Stratagene; and pSVK3, pBPV, pMSG and pSVL available from Pharmacia. Other suitable vectors will be readily apparent to the skilled artisan.
Among known bacterial promoters suitable for use in the present invention include the E. coli lad and lacL promoters, the T3, T5 and T7 promoters, the gpt promoter, the lambda PR and PL promoters and the trp promoter. Suitable eukaryotic promoters include the CMV immediate early promoter, the HSV thymidine kinase promoter, the early and late SV40 promoters, the promoters of retroviral LTRs, such as those of the Rous sarcoma virus (RSV), and metallothionein promoters, such as the mouse metallothionein-I promoter.
Introduction of the construct into the host cell can be effected by calcium phosphate transfection, DΕAΕ-dextran mediated transfection, cationic lipid-mediated transfection, electroporation, transduction, infection or other methods. Such methods are described in many standard laboratory manuals (for example, Davis, et al., Basic Methods In Molecular Biology (1986)).
Transcription of DNA encoding the polypeptides of the present invention by higher eukaryotes may be increased by inserting an enhancer sequence into the vector. Enhancers are cis-acting elements of DNA, usually about from 10 to 300 nucleotides that act to increase transcriptional activity of a promoter in a given host cell-type. Examples of enhancers include the SV40 enhancer, which is located on the late side of the replication origin at nucleotides 100 to 270, the cytomegalovirus early promoter enhancer, the polyoma enhancer on the late side of the replication origin, and adenovirus enhancers.
For secretion of the translated polypeptide into the lumen of the endoplasmic reticulum, into the periplasmic space or into the extracellular environment, appropriate secretion signals may be incorporated into the expressed polypeptide, for example, the amino acid sequence KDEL. The signals may be endogenous to the polypeptide or they may be heterologous signals.
The polypeptide may be expressed in a modified form, such as a fusion protein, and may include not only secretion signals, but also additional heterologous functional regions. For instance, a region of additional amino acids, particularly charged amino acids, may be added to the N-terminus of the polypeptide to improve stability and persistence in the host cell, during purification, or during subsequent handling and storage. Also, peptide moieties may be added to the polypeptide to facilitate purification. Such regions may be removed prior to final preparation of the polypeptide. The addition of peptide moieties to polypeptides to engender secretion or excretion, to improve stability and to facilitate purification, among others, are familiar and routine techniques in the art. A preferred fusion protein comprises a heterologous region from immunoglobulin that is useful to solubilize proteins. For example, EP-A-O 464 533 (Canadian counterpart 2045869) discloses fusion proteins comprising various portions of constant region of immunoglobulin molecules together with another human protein or part thereof. In many cases, the Fc part in a fusion protein is thoroughly advantageous for use in therapy and diagnosis and thus results, for example, in improved pharmacokinetic properties (EP-A 0232 262). On the other hand, for some uses it would be desirable to be able to delete the Fc part after the fusion protein has been expressed, detected and purified in the
advantageous manner described. This is the case when Fc portion proves to be a hindrance to use in therapy and diagnosis, for example when the fusion protein is to be used as antigen for immunizations. In drug discovery, for example, human proteins, such as, hJL5-receptor has been fused with Fc portions for the purpose of high-throughput screening assays to identify antagonists of hIL-5. See Bennett, D. et al. (1995) J. Molec. Recogn. 8:52-58 and Johanson, K. et al. (1995) J. Biol. Chem. 270 (16): 9459-9471.
The S. aureus polypeptides can be recovered and purified from recombinant cell cultures by well-known methods including ammonium sulfate or ethanol precipitation, acid extraction, anion or cation exchange chromatography, phosphocellulose chromatography, hydrophobic interaction chromatography, affinity chromatography, hydroxylapatite chromatography, lectin chromatography and high performance liquid chromatography ("HPLC") is employed for purification. Polypeptides of the present invention include naturally purified products, products of chemical synthetic procedures, and products produced by recombinant techniques from a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host, including, for example, bacterial, yeast, higher plant, insect and mammalian cells.
In addition to encompassing host cells containing the vector constructs discussed herein, the invention also encompasses host cells that have been engineered to delete or replace endogenous genetic material (e.g. coding sequences for the polypeptides of the present invention), and/or to include genetic material (e.g. heterologous polynucleotide sequences) that is operably associated with polynucleotides of the present invention, and which activates, alters, and/or amplifies endogenous polynucleotides of the present invention. For example, techniques known in the art may be used to operably associate heterologous control regions (e.g. promoter and/or enhancer) and endogenous polynucleotide sequences via homologous recombination (see, e.g. U.S. Patent No. 5,641,670, issued June 24, 1997; Internation Publication No. WO 96/29411, published September 26, 1996; International Publication No. WO 94/12650, published August 4, 1994; Roller et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:8932- 8935 (1989); and Zijlstra, et al., Nature 342:435-438 (1989), the disclosures of each of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties).
Polypeptides and Fragments
The invention further provides an isolated S. aureus polypeptide having an amino acid sequence in Table 1, or a peptide or polypeptide comprising a portion of the above polypeptides.
Variant and Mutant Polypeptides
To improve or alter the characteristics of S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention, protein engineering may be employed. Recombinant DNA technology known to those skilled in the art can be used to create novel mutant proteins or muteins including single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, additions, or fusion proteins. Such modified
polypeptides can show, e.g., increased/decreased activity or increased/decreased stability. In addition, they may be purified in higher yields and show better solubility than the corresponding natural polypeptide, at least under certain purification and storage conditions. Further, the polypeptides of the present invention may be produced as multimers including dimers, trimers and tetramers. Multimerization may be facilitated by linkers or recombinantly though heterologous polypeptides such as Fc regions.
N-Terminal and C-Terminal Deletion Mutants
It is known in the art that one or more amino acids may be deleted from the N-terminus or C-terminus without substantial loss of biological function. For instance, Ron et al. J. Biol. Chem., 268:2984-2988 (1993), reported modified KGF proteins that had heparin binding activity even if 3, 8, or 27 N-terminal amino acid residues were missing. Accordingly, the present invention provides polypeptides having one or more residues deleted from the amino terminus of the polypeptides shown in Table 1. Similarly, many examples of biologically functional C-terminal deletion mutants are known. For instance, Interferon gamma shows up to ten times higher activities by deleting 8- 10 amino acid residues from the carboxy terminus of the protein See, e.g., Dobeli, et al. (1988) J. Biotechnology 7: 199-216. Accordingly, the present invention provides polypeptides having one or more residues from the carboxy terminus of the polypeptides shown in Table 1. The invention also provides polypeptides having one or more amino acids deleted from both the amino and the carboxyl termini as described below.
The present invention is further directed to polynucleotide encoding portions or fragments of the amino acid sequences described herein as well as to portions or fragments of the isolated amino acid sequences described herein. Fragments include portions of the amino acid sequences of Table 1, at least 7 contiguous amino acid in length, selected from any two integers, one of which representing a N-terminal position. The first codon of the polypeptides of Table 1 is position 1. Every combination of a N-terminal and C-terminal position that a fragment at least 7 contiguous amino acid residues in length could occupy, on any given amino acid sequence of Table 1 is included in the invention. At least means a fragment may be 7 contiguous amino acid residues in length or any integer between 7 and the number of residues in a full length amino acid sequence minus 1. Therefore, included in the invention are contiguous fragments specified by any N-terminal and C-terminal positions of amino acid sequence set forth in Table 1 wherein the contiguous fragment is any integer between 7 and the number of residues in a full length sequence minus 1. Further, the invention includes polypeptides comprising fragments specified by size, in amino acid residues, rather than by N-terminal and C-terminal positions. The invention includes any fragment size, in contiguous amino acid residues, selected from integers between 7 and the number of residues in a full length sequence minus 1. Preferred sizes of contiguous polypeptide fragments include about 7 amino acid residues, about 10 amino acid residues,
about 20 amino acid residues, about 30 amino acid residues, about 40 amino acid residues, about 50 amino acid residues, about 100 amino acid residues, about 200 amino acid residues, about 300 amino acid residues, and about 400 amino acid residues. The preferred sizes are, of course, meant to exemplify, not limit, the present invention as all size fragments representing any integer between 7 and the number of residues in a full length sequence minus 1 are included in the invention. The present invention also provides for the exclusion of any fragments specified by N-terminal and C-terminal positions or by size in amino acid residues as described above. Any number of fragments specified by N-terminal and C-terminal positions or by size in amino acid residues as described above may be excluded. The polypeptide fragments of the present invention can be immediately envisaged using the above description and are therefore not individually listed solely for the purpose of not unnecessarily lengthening the specification.
The above fragments need not be active since they would be useful, for example, in immunoassays, in epitope mapping, epitope tagging, to generate antibodies to a particular portion of the polypeptide, as vaccines, and as molecular weight markers.
Other Mutants
In addition to N- and C-terminal deletion forms of the protein discussed above, it also will be recognized by one of ordinary skill in the art that some amino acid sequences of the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention can be varied without significant effect of the structure or function of the protein. If such differences in sequence are contemplated, it should be remembered that there will be critical areas on the protein which determine activity.
Thus, the invention further includes variations of the S. aureus polypeptides which show substantial S. aureus polypeptide activity or which include regions of S. aureus protein such as the protein portions discussed below. Such mutants include deletions, insertions, inversions, repeats, and substitutions selected according to general rules known in the art so as to have little effect on activity. For example, guidance concerning how to make phenotypically silent amino acid substitutions is provided. There are two main approaches for studying the tolerance of an amino acid sequence to change. See, Bowie, J. U. et al. (1990), Science 247 : 1306- 1310. The first method relies on the process of evolution, in which mutations are either accepted or rejected by natural selection. The second approach uses genetic engineering to introduce amino acid changes at specific positions of a cloned gene and selections or screens to identify sequences that maintain functionality.
These studies have revealed that proteins are surprisingly tolerant of amino acid substitutions. The studies indicate which amino acid changes are likely to be permissive at a certain position of the protein. For example, most buried amino acid residues require nonpolar side chains, whereas few features of surface side chains are generally conserved. Other such phenotypically silent substitutions are described by Bowie et al. (supra) and the references cited therein. Typically seen as conservative substitutions are the replacements, one for another,
among the aliphatic amino acids Ala, Val, Leu and lie; interchange of the hydroxyl residues Ser and Thr, exchange of the acidic residues Asp and Glu, substitution between the amide residues Asn and Gin, exchange of the basic residues Lys and Arg and replacements among the aromatic residues Phe, Tyr. Thus, the fragment, derivative, analog, or homolog of the polypeptide of Table 1 may be, for example: (i) one in which one or more of the amino acid residues are substituted with a conserved or non-conserved amino acid residue (preferably a conserved amino acid residue) and such substituted amino acid residue may or may not be one encoded by the genetic code: or (ii) one in which one or more of the amino acid residues includes a substituent group: or (iii) one in which the S. aureus polypeptide is fused with another compound, such as a compound to increase the half-life of the polypeptide (for example, polyethylene glycol): or (iv) one in which the additional amino acids are fused to the above form of the polypeptide, such as an IgG Fc fusion region peptide or leader or secretory sequence or a sequence which is employed for purification of the above form of the polypeptide or a proprotein sequence. Such fragments, derivatives and analogs are deemed to be within the scope of those skilled in the art from the teachings herein.
Thus, the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention may include one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions, or additions, either from natural mutations or human manipulation. As indicated, changes are preferably of a minor nature, such as conservative amino acid substitutions that do not significantly affect the folding or activity of the protein (see Table 3).
TABLE 3. Conservative Amino Acid Substitutions.
Amino acids in the S. aureus proteins of the present invention that are essential for function can be identified by methods known in the art, such as site-directed mutagenesis or alanine-scanning mutagenesis. See, e.g., Cunningham et al. (1989) Science 244: 1081-1085. The latter procedure introduces single alanine mutations at every residue in the molecule. The resulting mutant molecules are then tested for biological activity using assays appropriate for measuring the function of the particular protein.
Of special interest are substitutions of charged amino acids with other charged or neutral amino acids which may produce proteins with highly desirable improved characteristics, such as less aggregation. Aggregation may not only reduce activity but also be problematic when preparing pharmaceutical formulations, because aggregates can be immunogenic. See, e.g., Pinckard et al., (1967) Clin. Exp. Immunol. 2:331-340; Robbins, et al., (1987) Diabetes 36:838-845; Cleland, et al., (1993) Crit. Rev. Therapeutic Drug Carrier Systems 10:307-377. The polypeptides of the present invention are preferably provided in an isolated form, and may partially or substantially purified. A recombinantly produced version of the S. aureus polypeptide can be substantially purified by the one-step method described by Smith et al. (1988) Gene 67:31-40. Polypeptides of the invention also can be purified from natural or recombinant sources using antibodies directed against the polypeptides of the invention in methods which are well known in the art of protein purification. The purity of the polypeptide of the present invention may also specified in percent purity as relative to heterologous containing polypeptides. Preferred purities include at least 25%, 50%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, 99.5%, 99.75%, and 100% pure, as relative to heretologous containing polypeptides. The invention provides for isolated S. aureus polypeptides comprising an the amino acid sequence of a full-length S. aureus polypeptide having the complete amino acid sequence shown in Table 1 and the amino acid sequence of a full-length S. aureus polypeptide having the complete amino acid sequence shown in Table 1 excepting the N-terminal methionine The polypeptides of the present invention also include polypeptides having an amino acid sequence at least 80% identical, more preferably at least 90% identical, and still more preferably 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identical to those described in (a), (b), (c), and (d) above. Further polypeptides of the present invention include polypeptides which have at least 90% similarity, more preferably at least 95% similarity, and still more preferably at least 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% similarity to those described above. A further embodiment of the invention relates to a polypeptide which comprises the amino acid sequence of a S. aureus polypeptide having an amino acid sequence which contains at least one conservative amino acid substitution, but not more than 50 conservative amino acid substitutions, not more than 40 conservative amino acid substitutions, not more than 30 conservative amino acid substitutions, and not more than 20 conservative amino acid
substitutions. Also provided are polypeptides which comprise the amino acid sequence of a S. aureus polypeptide, having at least one, but not more than 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2 or 1 conservative amino acid substitutions.
By a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence at least, for example, 95% "identical" to a query amino acid sequence of the present invention, it is intended that the amino acid sequence of the subject polypeptide is identical to the query sequence except that the subject polypeptide sequence may include up to five amino acid alterations per each 100 amino acids of the query amino acid sequence. In other words, to obtain a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence at least 95% identical to a query amino acid sequence, up to 5% (5 of 100) of the amino acid residues in the subject sequence may be inserted, deleted, (indels) or substituted with another amino acid. These alterations of the reference sequence may occur at the amino or carboxy terminal positions of the reference amino acid sequence or anywhere between those terminal positions, interspersed either individually among residues in the reference sequence or in one or more contiguous groups within the reference sequence. As a practical matter, whether any particular polypeptide is at least 90%, 95%, 96%,
97%, 98% or 99% identical to, for instance, the amino acid sequences shown in Table 1 can be determined conventionally using known computer programs. A preferred method for determining the best overall match between a query sequence (a sequence of the present invention) and a subject sequence, also referred to as a global sequence alignment, can be determined using the FASTDB computer program based on the algorithm of Brutlag et al., (1990) Comp. App. Biosci. 6:237-245. In a sequence alignment the query and subject sequences are both amino acid sequences. The result of said global sequence alignment is in percent identity. Preferred parameters used in a FASTDB amino acid alignment are: Matrix=PAM 0, k-tuple=2, Mismatch Penalty=l, Joining Penalty=20, Randomization Group Length=0, Cutoff Score=l, Window Size=sequence length, Gap Penalty=5, Gap Size
Penalty=0.05, Window Size=500 or the length of the subject amino acid sequence, whichever is shorter.
If the subject sequence is shorter than the query sequence due to N- or C-terminal deletions, not because of internal deletions, the results, in percent identity, must be manually corrected. This is because the FASTDB program does not account for N- and C-terminal truncations of the subject sequence when calculating global percent identity. For subject sequences truncated at the N- and C-termini, relative to the query sequence, the percent identity is corrected by calculating the number of residues of the query sequence that are N- and C- terminal of the subject sequence, which are not matched/aligned with a corresponding subject residue, as a percent of the total bases of the query sequence. Whether a residue is matched/aligned is determined by results of the FASTDB sequence alignment. This percentage is then subtracted from the percent identity, calculated by the above FASTDB program using the specified parameters, to arrive at a final percent identity score. This final percent identity score is what is used for the purposes of the present invention. Only residues to the N- and C-
termini of the subject sequence, which are not matched/aligned with the query sequence, are considered for the purposes of manually adjusting the percent identity score. That is, only query amino acid residues outside the farthest N- and C-terminal residues of the subject sequence. For example, a 90 amino acid residue subject sequence is aligned with a 100 residue query sequence to determine percent identity. The deletion occurs at the N-terminus of the subject sequence and therefore, the FASTDB alignment does not match/align with the first 10 residues at the N-terminus. The 10 unpaired residues represent 10% of the sequence (number of residues at the N- and C- termini not matched/total number of residues in the query sequence) so 10% is subtracted from the percent identity score calculated by the FASTDB program. If the remaining 90 residues were perfectly matched the final percent identity would be 90%. In another example, a 90 residue subject sequence is compared with a 100 residue query sequence. This time the deletions are internal so there are no residues at the N- or C- termini of the subject sequence which are not matched/aligned with the query. In this case the percent identity calculated by FASTDB is not manually corrected. Once again, only residue positions outside the N- and C-terminal ends of the subject sequence, as displayed in the FASTDB alignment, which are not matched/aligned with the query sequence are manually corrected. No other manual corrections are to made for the purposes of the present invention. The above polypeptide sequences are included irrespective of whether they have their normal biological activity. This is because even where a particular polypeptide molecule does not have biological activity, one of skill in the art would still know how to use the polypeptide, for instance, as a vaccine or to generate antibodies. Other uses of the polypeptides of the present invention that do not have S. aureus activity include, ter alia, as epitope tags, in epitope mapping, and as molecular weight markers on SDS-PAGE gels or on molecular sieve gel filtration columns using methods known to those of skill in the art.
As described below, the polypeptides of the present invention can also be used to raise polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies, which are useful in assays for detecting S. aureus protein expression or as agonists and antagonists capable of enhancing or inhibiting S. aureus protein function. Further, such polypeptides can be used in the yeast two-hybrid system to "capture" S. aureus protein binding proteins which are also candidate agonists and antagonists according to the present invention. See, e.g., Fields et al. (1989) Nature 340:245-246.
Epitope-Bearing Portions
In another aspect, the invention provides peptides and polypeptides comprising epitope-bearing portions of the polypeptides of the present invention. These epitopes are immunogenic or antigenic epitopes of the polypeptides of the present invention. An "immunogenic epitope" is defined as a part of a protein that elicits an antibody response when the whole protein or polypeptide is the immunogen. On the other hand, a region of a protein molecule to which an antibody can bind is defined as an "antigenic determinant" or "antigenic
epitope." The number of immunogenic epitopes of a protein generally is less than the number of antigenic epitopes. See, e.g., Geysen, et al. (1983) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:3998- 4002. Predicted antigenic epitopes are shown in Table 4, below. It is pointed out that Table 4 only lists amino acid residues comprising epitopes predicted to have the highest degree of antigenicity by particular algorithm. The polypeptides not listed in Table 4 and portions of polypeptides not listed in Table 4 are not considered non-antigenic. This is because they may still be antigenic in vivo but merely not recognized as such by the particular algorithm used. Thus, Table 4 lists the amino acid residues comprising only preferred antigenic epitopes, not a complete list. In fact, all fragments of the polypeptide sequence of Table 1, at least 7 amino acids residues in length, are included in the present invention as being useful in epitope mapping and in making antibodies to particular portions of the polypeptides. Moreover, Table 4 lists only the critical residues of the epitopes determined by the Jameson- Wolf analysis. Thus, additional flanking residues on either the N-terrninal, C-terminal, or both N- and C- terminal ends may be added to the sequences of Table 4 to generate a epitope-bearing portion at least 7 residues in length. Amino acid residues comprising other anigenic epitopes may be determined by algorithms similar to the Jameson- Wolf analysis or by in vivo testing for an antigenic response using the methods described herein or those known in the art.
As to the selection of peptides or polypeptides bearing an antigenic epitope (i.e., that contain a region of a protein molecule to which an antibody can bind), it is well known in that art that relatively short synthetic peptides that mimic part of a protein sequence are routinely capable of eliciting an antiserum that reacts with the partially mimicked protein. See, e.g., Sutcliffe, et al., (1983) Science 219:660-666. Peptides capable of eliciting protein-reactive sera are frequently represented in the primary sequence of a protein, can be characterized by a set of simple chemical rules, and are confined neither to immunodominant regions of intact proteins (i.e., immunogenic epitopes) nor to the amino or carboxyl terminals. Peptides that are extremely hydrophobic and those of six or fewer residues generally are ineffective at inducing antibodies that bind to the mimicked protein; longer, peptides, especially those containing proline residues, usually are effective. See, Sutcliffe, et al., supra, p. 661. For instance, 18 of 20 peptides designed according to these guidelines, containing 8-39 residues covering 75% of the sequence of the influenza virus hemagglutinin HAl polypeptide chain, induced antibodies that reacted with the HAl protein or intact virus; and 12/12 peptides from the MuLV polymerase and 18/18 from the rabies glycoprotein induced antibodies that precipitated the respective proteins.
Antigenic epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides of the invention are therefore useful to raise antibodies, including monoclonal antibodies, that bind specifically to a polypeptide of the invention. Thus, a high proportion of hybridomas obtained by fusion of spleen cells from donors immunized with an antigen epitope-bearing peptide generally secrete antibody reactive with the native protein. See Sutcliffe, et al, supra, p. 663. The antibodies raised by antigenic epitope-bearing peptides or polypeptides are useful to detect the mimicked protein, and antibodies to different peptides may be used for tracking the fate of various regions of a protein precursor which undergoes post-translational processing. The peptides and anti-peptide antibodies may be used in a variety of qualitative or quantitative assays for the mimicked protein, for instance in competition assays since it has been shown that even short peptides (e.g., about 9 amino acids) can bind and displace the larger peptides in immunoprecipitation assays. See, e.g., Wilson, et al., (1984) Cell 37:767-778. The anti-peptide antibodies of the invention also are useful for purification of the mimicked protein, for instance, by adsorption chromatography using methods known in the art.
Antigenic epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides of the invention designed according to the above guidelines preferably contain a sequence of at least seven, more preferably at least nine and most preferably between about 10 to about 50 amino acids (i.e. any integer between 7 and 50) contained within the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention. However, peptides or polypeptides comprising a larger portion of an amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention, containing about 50 to about 100 amino acids, or any length up to and including the entire amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention, also are considered epitope-bearing peptides or polypeptides of the invention and also are
useful for inducing antibodies that react with the mimicked protein. Preferably, the amino acid sequence of the epitope-bearing peptide is selected to provide substantial solubility in aqueous solvents (i.e., the sequence includes relatively hydrophilic residues and highly hydrophobic sequences are preferably avoided); and sequences containing proline residues are particularly preferred.
Non-limiting examples of antigenic polypeptides or peptides that can be used to generate an Staphylococcal-specific immune response or antibodies include fragments of the amino acid sequences of Table 1 as discussed above. Table 4 discloses a list of non-limiting residues that are involved in the antigenicity of the epitope-bearing fragments of the present invention. Therefore, also included in the present inventions are isolated and purified antigenic epitope-bearing fragments of the polypeptides of the present invention comprising a peptide sequences of Table 4. The antigenic epitope-bearing fragments comprising a peptide sequence of Table 4 preferably contain between 7 to 50 amino acids (i.e. any integer between 7 and 50) of a polypeptide of the present invention. Also, included in the present invention are antigenic polypeptides between the integers of 7 and the full length sequence of a polypeptide of Table 1 comprising 1 or more amino acid sequences of Table 4. Therefore, in most cases, the polypeptides of Table 4 make up only a portion of the antigenic polypeptide. All combinations of sequences between the integers of 7 and the full sequence of a polypeptide sequence of Table 1 are included. The antigenic epitope-bearing fragments may be specified by either the number of contiguous amino acid residues or by specific N-terminal and C-terminal positions as described above for the polypeptide fragments of the present invention, wherein the first codon of each polypeptide sequence of Table 1 is position 1. Any number of the described antigenic epitope-bearing fragments of the present invention may also be excluded from the present invention in the same manner. The epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides of the invention may be produced by any conventional means for making peptides or polypeptides including recombinant means using nucleic acid molecules of the invention. For instance, an epitope-bearing amino acid sequence of the present invention may be fused to a larger polypeptide which acts as a carrier during recombinant production and purification, as well as during immunization to produce anti-peptide antibodies. Epitope-bearing peptides also may be synthesized using known methods of chemical synthesis. For instance, Houghten has described a simple method for synthesis of large numbers of peptides, such as 10-20 mg of 248 different 13 residue peptides representing single amino acid variants of a segment of the HAl polypeptide which were prepared and characterized (by ELIS A-type binding studies) in less than four weeks (Houghten, R. A. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:5131-5135 (1985)). This "Simultaneous Multiple Peptide Synthesis (SMPS)" process is further described in U.S. Patent No. 4,631,211 to Houghten and coworkers (1986). In this procedure the individual resins for the solid-phase synthesis of various peptides are contained in separate solvent-permeable packets, enabling the optimal use of the many identical repetitive steps involved in solid-phase methods.
A completely manual procedure allows 500-1000 or more syntheses to be conducted simultaneously (Houghten et al. (1985) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 82:5131-5135 at 5134. Epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides of the invention are used to induce antibodies according to methods well known in the art. See, e.g., Sutcliffe, et al., supra;; Wilson, et al., supra;; and Bittle, et al. (1985) J. Gen. Virol. 66:2347-2354. Generally, animals may be immunized with free peptide; however, anti-peptide antibody titer may be boosted by coupling of the peptide to a macromolecular carrier, such as keyhole limpet hemacyanin (KLH) or tetanus toxoid. For instance, peptides containing cysteine may be coupled to carrier using a linker such as m-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (MBS), while other peptides may be coupled to carrier using a more general linking agent such as glutaraldehyde. Animals such as rabbits, rats and mice are immunized with either free or carrier-coupled peptides, for instance, by intraperitoneal and/or intradermal injection of emulsions containing about 100 μg peptide or carrier protein and Freund's adjuvant. Several booster injections may be needed, for instance, at intervals of about two weeks, to provide a useful titer of anti-peptide antibody which can be detected, for example, by ELISA assay using free peptide adsorbed to a solid surface. The titer of anti-peptide antibodies in serum from an immunized animal may be increased by selection of anti-peptide antibodies, for instance, by adsorption to the peptide on a solid support and elution of the selected antibodies according to methods well known in the art. Immunogenic epitope-bearing peptides of the invention, i.e., those parts of a protein that elicit an antibody response when the whole protein is the immunogen, are identified according to methods known in the art. For instance, Geysen, et al, supra, discloses a procedure for rapid concurrent synthesis on solid supports of hundreds of peptides of sufficient purity to react in an ELISA. Interaction of synthesized peptides with antibodies is then easily detected without removing them from the support. In this manner a peptide bearing an immunogenic epitope of a desired protein may be identified routinely by one of ordinary skill in the art. For instance, the immunologically important epitope in the coat protein of foot-and-mouth disease virus was located by Geysen et al. supra with a resolution of seven amino acids by synthesis of an overlapping set of all 208 possible hexapeptides covering the entire 213 amino acid sequence of the protein. Then, a complete replacement set of peptides in which all 20 amino acids were substituted in turn at every position within the epitope were synthesized, and the particular amino acids conferring specificity for the reaction with antibody were determined. Thus, peptide analogs of the epitope-bearing peptides of the invention can be made routinely by this method. U.S. Patent No. 4,708,781 to Geysen (1987) further describes this method of identifying a peptide bearing an immunogenic epitope of a desired protein.
Further still, U.S. Patent No. 5,194,392, to Geysen (1990), describes a general method of detecting or determining the sequence of monomers (amino acids or other compounds) which is a topological equivalent of the epitope (i.e., a "mimotope") which is
complementary to a particular paratope (antigen binding site) of an antibody of interest. More generally, U.S. Patent No. 4,433,092, also to Geysen (1989), describes a method of detecting or determining a sequence of monomers which is a topographical equivalent of a ligand which is complementary to the ligand binding site of a particular receptor of interest. Similarly, U.S. Patent No. 5,480,971 to Houghten, R. A. et al. (1996) discloses linear CrC7-alkyl peralkylated oligopeptides and sets and libraries of such peptides, as well as methods for using such oligopeptide sets and libraries for determining the sequence of a peralkylated oligopeptide that preferentially binds to an acceptor molecule of interest. Thus, non-peptide analogs of the epitope-bearing peptides of the invention also can be made routinely by these methods. The entire disclosure of each document cited in this section on "Polypeptides and Fragments" is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
As one of skill in the art will appreciate, the polypeptides of the present invention and the epitope-bearing fragments thereof described above can be combined with parts of the constant domain of immunoglobulins (IgG), resulting in chimeric polypeptides. These fusion proteins facilitate purification and show an increased half-life in vivo. This has been shown, e.g., for chimeric proteins consisting of the first two domains of the human CD4-polypeptide and various domains of the constant regions of the heavy or light chains of mammalian immunoglobulins. (EPA 0,394,827; Traunecker et al. (1988) Nature 331:84-86. Fusion proteins that have a disulfide-linked dimeric structure due to the IgG part can also be more efficient in binding and neutralizing other molecules than a monomeric S. aureus polypeptide or fragment thereof alone. See Fountoulakis et al. (1995) J. Biochem. 270:3958-3964. Nucleic acids encoding the above epitopes of S. aureus polypeptides can also be recombined with a gene of interest as an epitope tag to aid in detection and purification of the expressed polypeptide.
Antibodies
S. aureus polypeptide-specific antibodies for use in the present invention can be raised against the intact polypeptides of the present invention or an antigenic polypeptide fragment thereof, which may be presented together with a carrier protein, such as an albumin, to an animal system (such as rabbit or mouse) or, if it is long enough, without a carrier.
As used herein, the term "antibody" (Ab) or "monoclonal antibody" (Mab) is meant to include intact molecules, single chain whole antibodies, and antibody fragments. Antibody fragments of the present invention include Fab and F(ab')2 and other fragments including single-chain Fvs (scFv) and disulfide-linked Fvs (sdFv). Also included in the present invention are chimeric and humanized monoclonal antibodies and polyclonal antibodies specific for the polypeptides of the present invention. The antibodies of the present invention may be prepared by any of a variety of methods. For example, cells expressing a polypeptide of the present invention or an antigenic fragment thereof can be administered to an animal in order to induce the production of sera containing polyclonal antibodies. For example, a preparation of a
polypeptide of the present invention or fragment thereof is prepared and purified to render it substantially free of natural contaminants. Such a preparation is then introduced into an animal in order to produce polyclonal antisera of greater specific activity.
In a preferred method, the antibodies of the present invention are monoclonal antibodies or binding fragments thereof. Such monoclonal antibodies can be prepared using hybridoma technology. See, e.g., Harlow et al., ANTIBODIES: A LABORATORY MANUAL, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed. 1988); Hammerling, et al., in: MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES AND T-CELL HYBRIDOMAS 563-681 (Elsevier, N.Y., 1981). Fab and F(ab')2 fragments may be produced by proteolytic cleavage, using enzymes such as papain (to produce Fab fragments) or pepsin (to produce F(ab')2 fragments). Alternatively, S. aureus polypeptide-binding fragments, chimeric, and humanized antibodies can be produced through the application of recombinant DNA technology or through synthetic chemistry using methods known in the art.
Alternatively, additional antibodies capable of binding to the polypeptide antigen of the present invention may be produced in a two-step procedure through the use of anti-idiotypic antibodies. Such a method makes use of the fact that antibodies are themselves antigens, and that, therefore, it is possible to obtain an antibody which binds to a second antibody. In accordance with this method, S. aureus polypeptide-specific antibodies are used to immunize an animal, preferably a mouse. The splenocytes of such an animal are then used to produce hybridoma cells, and the hybridoma cells are screened to identify clones which produce an antibody whose ability to bind to the S. aureus polypeptide-specific antibody can be blocked by the S. aureus polypeptide antigen. Such antibodies comprise anti-idiotypic antibodies to the S. aureus polypeptide-specific antibody and can be used to immunize an animal to induce formation of further S. aureus polypeptide-specific antibodies. Antibodies and fragments thereof of the present invention may be described by the portion of a polypeptide of the present invention recognized or specifically bound by the antibody. Antibody binding fragments of a polypeptide of the present invention may be described or specified in the same manner as for polypeptide fragments discussed above., i.e, by N-terminal and C-terminal positions or by size in contiguous amino acid residues. Any number of antibody binding fragments, of a polypeptide of the present invention, specified by N-terminal and C-terminal positions or by size in amino acid residues, as described above, may also be excluded from the present invention. Therefore, the present invention includes antibodies that specifically bind a particularly described fragment of a polypeptide of the present invention and allows for the exclusion of the same. Antibodies and fragments thereof of the present invention may also be described or specified in terms of their cross-reactivity. Antibodies and fragments that do not bind polypeptides of any other species of Staphylococcus other than S. aureus or that only bind a particular strain of S. aureus are included in the present invention. Likewise, antibodies and fragments that bind only species of Staphylococcus, i.e. antibodies and fragments that do not
bind bacteria from any genus other than Staphylococcus, are included in the present invention.
Antibodies and fragments thereof of the present invention may also be described or specified in terms of their binding affinity. Preferred binding affinities include 10"7M, 10"8M, 10"9M, 10 I0M, 10 UM, 1012M and 10 !3M.
Diagnostic Assays
The present invention further relates to methods for assaying staphylococcal infection in an animal by detecting the expression of genes encoding staphylococcal polypeptides of the present invention. The methods comprise analyzing tissue or body fluid from the animal for Staphylococcus-specific antibodies, nucleic acids, or proteins. Analysis of nucleic acid specific to Staphylococcus is assayed by PCR or hybridization techniques using nucleic acid sequences of the present invention as either hybridization probes or primers. See, e.g., Sambrook et al. Molecular cloning: A Laboratory Manual (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed., 1989, page 54 reference); Eremeeva et al. (1994) J. Clin. Microbiol. 32:803- 810 (describing differentiation among spotted fever group Rickettsiae species by analysis of restriction fragment length polymorphism of PCR-amplified DNA) and Chen et al. 1994 J. Clin. Microbiol. 32:589-595 (detecting bacterial nucleic acids via PCR).
Where diagnosis of a disease state related to infection with Staphylococcus has already been made, the present invention is useful for monitoring progression or regression of the disease state by measuring the amount of Staphylococcus cells present in a patient or whereby patients exhibiting enhanced Staphylococcus gene expression will experience a worse clinical outcome relative to patients expressing these gene(s) at a lower level.
By "biological sample" is intended any biological sample obtained from an animal, cell line, tissue culture, or other source which contains Staphylococcus polypeptide, mRNA, or DNA. Biological samples include body fluids (such as saliva, blood, plasma, urine, mucus, synovial fluid, etc.) tissues (such as muscle, skin, and cartilage) and any other biological source suspected of containing Staphylococcus polypeptides or nucleic acids. Methods for obtaining biological samples such as tissue are well known in the art.
The present invention is useful for detecting diseases related to Staphylococcus infections in animals. Preferred animals include monkeys, apes, cats, dogs, birds, cows, pigs, mice, horses, rabbits and humans. Particularly preferred are humans.
Total RNA can be isolated from a biological sample using any suitable technique such as the single-step guanidinium-thiocyanate-phenol-chloroform method described in Chomczynski et al. (1987) Anal. Biochem. 162:156-159. mRNA encoding Staphylococcus polypeptides having sufficient homology to the nucleic acid sequences identified in Table 1 to allow for hybridization between complementary sequences are then assayed using any appropriate method. These include Northern blot analysis, S 1 nuclease mapping, the polymerase chain reaction (PCR), reverse transcription in combination with the polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR), and reverse transcription in combination with the ligase chain
reaction (RT-LCR).
Northern blot analysis can be performed as described in Harada et al. (1990) Cell 63:303-312. Briefly, total RNA is prepared from a biological sample as described above. For the Northern blot, the RNA is denatured in an appropriate buffer (such as glyoxal/dimethyl sulfoxide/sodium phosphate buffer), subjected to agarose gel electrophoresis, and transferred onto a nitrocellulose filter. After the RNAs have been linked to the filter by a UV linker, the filter is prehybridized in a solution containing formamide, SSC, Denhardt's solution, denatured salmon sperm, SDS, and sodium phosphate buffer. A S. aureus polynucleotide sequence shown in Table 1 labeled according to any appropriate method (such as the 32P-multiprimed DNA labeling system (Amersham)) is used as probe. After hybridization overnight, the filter is washed and exposed to x-ray film. DNA for use as probe according to the present invention is described in the sections above and will preferably at least 15 nucleotides in length.
SI mapping can be performed as described in Fujita et al. (1987) Cell 49:357-367. To prepare probe DNA for use in S 1 mapping, the sense strand of an above-described S. aureus DNA sequence of the present invention is used as a template to synthesize labeled antisense DNA. The antisense DNA can then be digested using an appropriate restriction endonuclease to generate further DNA probes of a desired length. Such antisense probes are useful for visualizing protected bands corresponding to the target mRNA (i.e., mRNA encoding polypeptides of the present invention). Levels of mRNA encoding Staphylococcus polypeptides are assayed, for e.g. , using the RT-PCR method described in Makino et al. (1990) Technique 2:295-301. By this method, the radioactivities of the "amplicons" in the polyacrylamide gel bands are linearly related to the initial concentration of the target mRNA. Briefly, this method involves adding total RNA isolated from a biological sample in a reaction mixture containing a RT primer and appropriate buffer. After incubating for primer annealing, the mixture can be supplemented with a RT buffer, dNTPs, DTT, RNase inhibitor and reverse transcriptase. After incubation to achieve reverse transcription of the RNA, the RT products are then subject to PCR using labeled primers. Alternatively, rather than labeling the primers, a labeled dNTP can be included in the PCR reaction mixture. PCR amplification can be performed in a DNA thermal cycler according to conventional techniques. After a suitable number of rounds to achieve amplification, the PCR reaction mixture is electrophoresed on a polyacrylamide gel. After drying the gel, the radioactivity of the appropriate bands (corresponding to the mRNA encoding the Staphylococcus polypeptides of the present invention) are quantified using an imaging analyzer. RT and PCR reaction ingredients and conditions, reagent and gel concentrations, and labeling methods are well known in the art. Variations on the RT-PCR method will be apparent to the skilled artisan. Other PCR methods that can detect the nucleic acid of the present invention can be found in PCR PPJMER: A LABORATORY MANUAL (C.W. Dieffenbach et al. eds., Cold Spring Harbor Lab Press, 1995).
The polynucleotides of the present invention, including both DNA and RNA, may be
used to detect polynucleotides of the present invention or Staphylococcus species including S. aureus using bio chip technology. The present invention includes both high density chip arrays (>1000 oligonucleotides per cm2) and low density chip arrays (<1000 oligonucleotides per cm2). Bio chips comprising arrays of polynucleotides of the present invention may be used to detect Staphylococcus species, including S. aureus, in biological and environmental samples and to diagnose an animal, including humans, with an S. aureus or other Staphylococcus infection. The bio chips of the present invention may comprise polynucleotide sequences of other pathogens including bacteria, viral, parasitic, and fungal polynucleotide sequences, in addition to the polynucleotide sequences of the present invention, for use in rapid differential pathogenic detection and diagnosis. The bio chips can also be used to monitor an S. aureus or other Staphylococcus infections and to monitor the genetic changes (deletions, insertions, mismatches, etc.) in response to drug therapy in the clinic and drug development in the laboratory. The bio chip technology comprising arrays of polynucleotides of the present invention may also be used to simultaneously monitor the expression of a multiplicity of genes, including those of the present invention. The polynucleotides used to comprise a selected array may be specified in the same manner as for the fragments, i.e, by their 5' and 3' positions or length in contigious base pairs and include from. Methods and particular uses of the polynucleotides of the present invention to detect Staphylococcus species, including S. aureus, using bio chip technology include those known in the art and those of: U.S. Patent Nos. 5510270, 5545531, 5445934, 5677195, 5532128, 5556752, 5527681, 5451683, 5424186, 5607646, 5658732 and World Patent Nos. WO/9710365, WO/9511995, WO/9743447, WO/9535505, each incorporated herein in their entireties.
Biosensors using the polynucleotides of the present invention may also be used to detect, diagnose, and monitor S. aureus or other Staphylococcus species and infections thereof. Biosensors using the polynucleotides of the present invention may also be used to detect particular polynucleotides of the present invention. Biosensors using the polynucleotides of the present invention may also be used to monitor the genetic changes (deletions, insertions, mismatches, etc.) in response to drug therapy in the clinic and drug development in the laboratory. Methods and particular uses of the polynucleotides of the present invention to detect Staphylococcus species, including S. aureus, using biosenors include those known in the art and those of: U.S. Patent Nos 5721102, 5658732, 5631170, and World Patent Nos. WO97/35011, WO/9720203, each incorporated herein in their entireties.
Thus, the present invention includes both bio chips and biosensors comprising polynucleotides of the present invention and methods of their use.
Assaying Staphylococcus polypeptide levels in a biological sample can occur using any art-known method, such as antibody-based techniques. For example, Staphylococcus polypeptide expression in tissues can be studied with classical immunohistological methods. In these, the specific recognition is provided by the primary antibody (polyclonal or
monoclonal) but the secondary detection system can utilize fluorescent, enzyme, or other conjugated secondary antibodies. As a result, an immunohistological staining of tissue section for pathological examination is obtained. Tissues can also be extracted, e.g., with urea and neutral detergent, for the liberation of Staphylococcus polypeptides for Western-blot or dot/slot assay. See, e.g., Jalkanen, M. et al. (1985) J. Cell. Biol. 101:976-985; Jalkanen, M. et al. (1987) J. Cell . Biol. 105:3087-3096. In this technique, which is based on the use of cationic solid phases, quantitation of a Staphylococcus polypeptide can be accomplished using an isolated Staphylococcus polypeptide as a standard. This technique can also be applied to body fluids. Other antibody-based methods useful for detecting Staphylococcus polypeptide gene expression include immunoassays, such as the ELISA and the radioimmunoassay (RIA). For example, a Staphylococcus polypeptide-specific monoclonal antibodies can be used both as an immunoabsorbent and as an enzyme-labeled probe to detect and quantify a Staphylococcus polypeptide. The amount of a Staphylococcus polypeptide present in the sample can be calculated by reference to the amount present in a standard preparation using a linear regression computer algorithm. Such an ELISA is described in Iacobelli et al. (1988) Breast Cancer Research and Treatment 11:19-30. In another ELISA assay, two distinct specific monoclonal antibodies can be used to detect Staphylococcus polypeptides in a body fluid. In this assay, one of the antibodies is used as the immunoabsorbent and the other as the enzyme-labeled probe.
The above techniques may be conducted essentially as a "one-step" or "two-step" assay. The "one-step" assay involves contacting the Staphylococcus polypeptide with immobilized antibody and, without washing, contacting the mixture with the labeled antibody. The "two-step" assay involves washing before contacting the mixture with the labeled antibody. Other conventional methods may also be employed as suitable. It is usually desirable to immobilize one component of the assay system on a support, thereby allowing other components of the system to be brought into contact with the component and readily removed from the sample. Variations of the above and other immunological methods included in the present invention can also be found in Harlow et al., ANTIBODIES: A LABORATORY MANUAL, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed. 1988).
Suitable enzyme labels include, for example, those from the oxidase group, which catalyze the production of hydrogen peroxide by reacting with substrate. Glucose oxidase is particularly preferred as it has good stability and its substrate (glucose) is readily available. Activity of an oxidase label may be assayed by measuring the concentration of hydrogen peroxide formed by the enzyme-labeled antibody/substrate reaction. Besides enzymes, other suitable labels include radioisotopes, such as iodine (1251, 121I), carbon (14C), sulphur (35S), tritium (3H), indium (112In), and technetium (99nTc), and fluorescent labels, such as fluorescein and rhodamine, and biotin.
Further suitable labels for the Staphylococcus polypeptide-specific antibodies of the
present invention are provided below. Examples of suitable enzyme labels include malate dehydrogenase, Staphylococcus nuclease, delta-5-steroid isomerase, yeast-alcohol dehydrogenase, alpha-glycerol phosphate dehydrogenase, triose phosphate isomerase, peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, asparaginase, glucose oxidase, beta-galactosidase, ribonuclease, urease, catalase, glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase, glucoamylase, and acetylcholine esterase.
Examples of suitable radioisotopic labels include 3H, In, 1251, 1311, 32P, 35S, 14C, 51Cr, 57To, 58Co, 59Fe, 75Se, ,52Eu, 90Y, 67Cu, 217Ci, 2nAt, 212Pb, 47Sc, 109Pd, etc. ι nIn is a preferred isotope where in vivo imaging is used since its avoids the problem of dehalogenation of the 125I or 131I-labeled monoclonal antibody by the liver. In addition, this radionucleotide has a more favorable gamma emission energy for imaging. See, e.g., Perkins et al. (1985) Eur. J. Nucl. Med. 10:296-301; Carasquillo et al. (1987) J. Nucl. Med. 28:281-287. For example, mIn coupled to monoclonal antibodies with l-(P-isothiocyanatobenzyl)-DPTA has shown little uptake in non-tumors tissues, particularly the liver, and therefore enhances specificity of tumor localization. See, Esteban et al. (1987) J. Nucl. Med. 28:861-870.
Examples of suitable non-radioactive isotopic labels include 157Gd, 55Mn, 162Dy, 52Tr, and 56Fe.
Examples of suitable fluorescent labels include an 152Eu label, a fluorescein label, an isothiocyanate label, a rhodamine label, a phycoerythrin label, a phycocyanin label, an allophycocyanin label, an o-phthaldehyde label, and a fluorescamine label.
Examples of suitable toxin labels include, Pseudomonas toxin, diphtheria toxin, ricin, and cholera toxin.
Examples of chemiluminescent labels include a luminal label, an isoluminal label, an aromatic acridinium ester label, an imidazole label, an acridinium salt label, an oxalate ester label, a luciferin label, a luciferase label, and an aequorin label.
Examples of nuclear magnetic resonance contrasting agents include heavy metal nuclei such as Gd, Mn, and iron.
Typical techniques for binding the above-described labels to antibodies are provided by Kennedy et al. (1976) Clin. Chim. Acta 70: 1-31, and Schurs et al. (1977) Clin. Chim. Acta 81: 1-40. Coupling techniques mentioned in the latter are the glutaraldehyde method, the periodate method, the dimaleimide method, the m-maleimidobenzyl-N-hydroxy-succinimide ester method, all of which methods are incorporated by reference herein.
In a related aspect, the invention includes a diagnostic kit for use in screening serum containing antibodies specific against S. aureus infection. Such a kit may include an isolated S. aureus antigen comprising an epitope which is specifically immunoreactive with at least one anti-S. aureus antibody. Such a kit also includes means for detecting the binding of said antibody to the antigen. In specific embodiments, the kit may include a recombinantly produced or chemically synthesized peptide or polypeptide antigen. The peptide or polypeptide antigen may be attached to a solid support.
In a more specific embodiment, the detecting means of the above-described kit includes a solid support to which said peptide or polypeptide antigen is attached. Such a kit may also include a non-attached reporter-labeled anti-human antibody. In this embodiment, binding of the antibody to the S. aureus antigen can be detected by binding of the reporter labeled antibody to the anti-S. aureus polypeptide antibody.
In a related aspect, the invention includes a method of detecting S. aureus infection in a subject. This detection method includes reacting a body fluid, preferably serum, from the subject with an isolated S. aureus antigen, and examining the antigen for the presence of bound antibody. In a specific embodiment, the method includes a polypeptide antigen attached to a solid support, and serum is reacted with the support. Subsequently, the support is reacted with a reporter-labeled anti-human antibody. The support is then examined for the presence of reporter-labeled antibody.
The solid surface reagent employed in the above assays and kits is prepared by known techniques for attaching protein material to solid support material, such as polymeric beads, dip sticks, 96- well plates or filter material. These attachment methods generally include nonspecific adsorption of the protein to the support or covalent attachment of the protein , typically through a free amine group, to a chemically reactive group on the solid support, such as an activated carboxyl, hydroxyl, or aldehyde group. Alternatively, streptavidin coated plates can be used in conjunction with biotinylated antigen(s). The polypeptides and antibodies of the present invention, including fragments thereof, may be used to detect Staphylococcus species including S. aureus using bio chip and biosensor technology. Bio chip and biosensors of the present invention may comprise the polypeptides of the present invention to detect antibodies, which specifically recognize Staphylococcus species, including S. aureus. Bio chip and biosensors of the present invention may also comprise antibodies which specifically recognize the polypeptides of the present invention to detect Staphylococcus species, including S. aureus or specific polypeptides of the present invention. Bio chips or biosensors comprising polypeptides or antibodies of the present invention may be used to detect Staphylococcus species, including S. aureus, in biological and environmental samples and to diagnose an animal, including humans, with an S. aureus or other Staphylococcus infection. Thus, the present invention includes both bio chips and biosensors comprising polypeptides or antibodies of the present invention and methods of their use.
The bio chips of the present invention may further comprise polypeptide sequences of other pathogens including bacteria, viral, parasitic, and fungal polypeptide sequences, in addition to the polypeptide sequences of the, present invention, for use in rapid diffenertial pathogenic detection and diagnosis. The bio chips of the present invention may further comprise antibodies or fragements thereof specific for other pathogens including bacteria, viral, parasitic, and fungal polypeptide sequences, in addition to the antibodies or fragements thereof of the present invention, for use in rapid diffenertial pathogenic detection and diagnosis. The
bio chips and biosensors of the present invention may also be used to monitor an S. aureus or other Staphylococcus infection and to monitor the genetic changes (amio acid deletions, insertions, substitutions, etc.) in response to drug therapy in the clinic and drug development in the laboratory. The bio chip and biosensors comprising polypeptides or antibodies of the present invention may also be used to simultaneously monitor the expression of a multiplicity of polypeptides, including those of the present invention. The polypeptides used to comprise a bio chip or biosensor of the present invention may be specified in the same manner as for the fragements, i.e, by their N-terminal and C-terminal positions or length in contigious amino acid residue. Methods and particular uses of the polypeptides and antibodies of the present invention to detect Staphylococcus species, including S. aureus, or specific polypeptides using bio chip and biosensor technology include those known in the art, those of the U.S. Patent Nos. and World Patent Nos. listed above for bio chips and biosensors using polynucleotides of the present invention, and those of: U.S. Patent Nos. 5658732, 5135852, 5567301, 5677196, 5690894 and World Patent Nos. WO9729366, WO9612957, each incorporated herein in their entireties.
Treatment
Agonists and Antagonists - Assays and Molecules
The invention also provides a method of screening compounds to identify those which enhance or block the biological activity of the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention. The present invention further provides where the compounds kill or slow the growth of S. aureus. The ability of S. aureus antagonists, including S. aureus ligands, to prophylactically or therapeutically block antibiotic resistance may be easily tested by the skilled artisan. See, e.g., Straden et al. (1997) J Bacteriol. 179(1):9-16. An agonist is a compound which increases the natural biological function or which functions in a manner similar to the polypeptides of the present invention, while antagonists decrease or eliminate such functions. Potential antagonists include small organic molecules, peptides, polypeptides, and antibodies that bind to a polypeptide of the invention and thereby inhibit or extinguish its activity. The antagonists may be employed for instance to inhibit peptidoglycan cross bridge formation. Antibodies against S. aureus may be employed to bind to and inhibit S. aureus activity to treat antibiotic resistance. Any of the above antagonists may be employed in a composition with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Vaccines
The present invention also provides vaccines comprising one or more polypeptides of the present invention. Heterogeneity in the composition of a vaccine may be provided by combining S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention. Multi-component vaccines of this type are desirable because they are likely to be more effective in eliciting protective immune
responses against multiple species and strains of the Staphylococcus genus than single polypeptide vaccines.
Multi-component vaccines are known in the art to elicit antibody production to numerous immunogenic components. See, e.g., Decker et al. (1996) J. Infect. Dis. 174:S270- 275. In addition, a hepatitis B, diphtheria, tetanus, pertussis tetravalent vaccine has recently been demonstrated to elicit protective levels of antibodies in human infants against all four pathogenic agents. See, e.g., Aristegui, J. et al. (1997) Vaccine 15:7-9.
The present invention in addition to single-component vaccines includes multi-component vaccines. These vaccines comprise more than one polypeptide, immunogen or antigen. Thus, a multi-component vaccine would be a vaccine comprising more than one of the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention.
Further within the scope of the invention are whole cell and whole viral vaccines. Such vaccines may be produced recombinantly and involve the expression of one or more of the S. aureus polypeptides described in Table 1. For example, the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention may be either secreted or localized intracellular, on the cell surface, or in the periplasmic space. Further, when a recombinant virus is used, the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention may, for example, be localized in the viral envelope, on the surface of the capsid, or internally within the capsid. Whole cells vaccines which employ cells expressing heterologous proteins are known in the art. See, e.g., Robinson, K. et al. (1997) Nature Biotech. 15:653-657; Sirard, J. et al. (1997) Infect. Immun. 65:2029-2033; Chabalgoity, J. et al. (1997) Infect. Immun. 65:2402-2412 . These cells may be administered live or may be killed prior to administration. Chabalgoity, J. et al., supra, for example, report the successful use in mice of a live attenuated Salmonella vaccine strain which expresses a portion of a platy helminth fatty acid-binding protein as a fusion protein on its cells surface. A multi-component vaccine can also be prepared using techniques known in the art by combining one or more S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention, or fragments thereof, with additional non-staphylococcal components (e.g., diphtheria toxin or tetanus toxin, and/or other compounds known to elicit an immune response). Such vaccines are useful for eliciting protective immune responses to both members of the Staphylococcus genus and non- staphylococcal pathogenic agents.
The vaccines of the present invention also include DNA vaccines. DNA vaccines are currently being developed for a number of infectious diseases. See, et al, Boyer, et al. (1997) Nat. Med. 3:526-532; reviewed in Spier, R. (1996) Vaccine 14:1285-1288. Such DNA vaccines contain a nucleotide sequence encoding one or more S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention oriented in a manner that allows for expression of the subject polypeptide. For example, the direct administration of plasmid DNA encoding B. burgdorgeri OspA has been shown to elicit protective immunity in mice against borrelial challenge. See, Luke et al. (1997) J. Infect. Dis. 175:91-97.
The present invention also relates to the administration of a vaccine which is
co-administered with a molecule capable of modulating immune responses. Kim et al. (1997) Nature Biotech. 15:641-646, for example, report the enhancement of immune responses produced by DNA immunizations when DNA sequences encoding molecules which stimulate the immune response are co-administered. In a similar fashion, the vaccines of the present invention may be co-administered with either nucleic acids encoding immune modulators or the immune modulators themselves. These immune modulators include granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF) and CD86.
The vaccines of the present invention may be used to confer resistance to staphylococcal infection by either passive or active immunization. When the vaccines of the present invention are used to confer resistance to staphylococcal infection through active immunization, a vaccine of the present invention is administered to an animal to elicit a protective immune response which either prevents or attenuates a staphylococcal infection. When the vaccines of the present invention are used to confer resistance to staphylococcal infection through passive immunization, the vaccine is provided to a host animal (e.g., human, dog, or mouse), and the antisera elicited by this antisera is recovered and directly provided to a recipient suspected of having an infection caused by a member of the Staphylococcus genus.
The ability to label antibodies, or fragments of antibodies, with toxin molecules provides an additional method for treating staphylococcal infections when passive immunization is conducted. In this embodiment, antibodies, or fragments of antibodies, capable of recognizing the S. aureus polypeptides disclosed herein, or fragments thereof, as well as other Staphylococcus proteins, are labeled with toxin molecules prior to their administration to the patient. When such toxin derivatized antibodies bind to Staphylococcus cells, toxin moieties will be localized to these cells and will cause their death.
The present invention thus concerns and provides a means for preventing or attenuating a staphylococcal infection resulting from organisms which have antigens that are recognized and bound by antisera produced in response to the polypeptides of the present invention. As used herein, a vaccine is said to prevent or attenuate a disease if its administration to an animal results either in the total or partial attenuation (i.e., suppression) of a symptom or condition of the disease, or in the total or partial immunity of the animal to the disease. The administration of the vaccine (or the antisera which it elicits) may be for either a
"prophylactic" or "therapeutic" purpose. When provided prophylactically, the compound(s) are provided in advance of any symptoms of staphylococcal infection. The prophylactic administration of the compound(s) serves to prevent or attenuate any subsequent infection. When provided therapeutically, the compound(s) is provided upon or after the detection of symptoms which indicate that an animal may be infected with a member of the Staphylococcus genus. The therapeutic administration of the compound(s) serves to attenuate any actual infection. Thus, the S. aureus polypeptides, and fragments thereof, of the present invention may be provided either prior to the onset of infection (so as to prevent or attenuate an anticipated infection) or after the initiation of an actual infection.
The polypeptides of the invention, whether encoding a portion of a native protein or a functional derivative thereof, may be administered in pure form or may be coupled to a macromolecular carrier. Example of such carriers are proteins and carbohydrates. Suitable proteins which may act as macromolecular carrier for enhancing the immunogenicity of the polypeptides of the present invention include keyhole limpet hemacyanin (KLH) tetanus toxoid, pertussis toxin, bovine serum albumin, and ovalbumin. Methods for coupling the polypeptides of the present invention to such macromolecular carriers are disclosed in Harlow et al., ANTIBODIES: A LABORATORY MANUAL, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed. 1988). A composition is said to be "pharmacologically or physiologically acceptable" if its administration can be tolerated by a recipient animal and is otherwise suitable for administration to that animal. Such an agent is said to be administered in a "therapeutically effective amount" if the amount administered is physiologically significant. An agent is physiologically significant if its presence results in a detectable change in the physiology of a recipient patient. While in all instances the vaccine of the present invention is administered as a pharmacologically acceptable compound, one skilled in the art would recognize that the composition of a pharmacologically acceptable compound varies with the animal to which it is administered. For example, a vaccine intended for human use will generally not be co- administered with Freund's adjuvant. Further, the level of purity of the S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention will normally be higher when administered to a human than when administered to a non-human animal.
As would be understood by one of ordinary skill in the art, when the vaccine of the present invention is provided to an animal, it may be in a composition which may contain salts, buffers, adjuvants, or other substances which are desirable for improving the efficacy of the composition. Adjuvants are substances that can be used to specifically augment a specific immune response. These substances generally perform two functions: (1) they protect the antigen(s) from being rapidly catabolized after administration and (2) they nonspecifically stimulate immune responses.
Normally, the adjuvant and the composition are mixed prior to presentation to the immune system, or presented separately, but into the same site of the animal being immunized. Adjuvants can be loosely divided into several groups based upon their composition. These groups include oil adjuvants (for example, Freund's complete and incomplete), mineral salts (for example, AlK(SO4)2, AlNa(SO4)2, AlNH4(SO4), silica, kaolin, and carbon), polynucleotides (for example, poly IC and poly AU acids), and certain natural substances (for example, wax D from Mycobacterium tuberculosis, as well as substances found in
Corynebacterium parvum, or Bordetella pertussis, and members of the genus Brucella. Other substances useful as adjuvants are the saponins such as, for example, Quil A. (Superfos A/S, Denmark). Preferred adjuvants for use in the present invention include aluminum salts, such as AlK(SO4)2, AlNa(SO4)2, and AlNH4(SO4). Examples of materials suitable for use in
vaccine compositions are provided in REMINGTON'S PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES 1324-1341 (A. Osol, ed, Mack Publishing Co, Easton, PA, (1980) (incorporated herein by reference).
The therapeutic compositions of the present invention can be administered parenterally by injection, rapid infusion, nasopharyngeal absorption (intranasopharangeally), dermoabsorption, or orally. The compositions may alternatively be administered intramuscularly, or intravenously. Compositions for parenteral administration include sterile aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, suspensions, and emulsions. Examples of non-aqueous solvents are propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, vegetable oils such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate. Carriers or occlusive dressings can be used to increase skin permeability and enhance antigen absorption. Liquid dosage forms for oral administration may generally comprise a liposome solution containing the liquid dosage form. Suitable forms for suspending liposomes include emulsions, suspensions, solutions, syrups, and elixirs containing inert diluents commonly used in the art, such as purified water. Besides the inert diluents, such compositions can also include adjuvants, wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, or sweetening, flavoring, or perfuming agents.
Therapeutic compositions of the present invention can also be administered in encapsulated form. For example, intranasal immunization using vaccines encapsulated in biodegradable microsphere composed of poly(DL-lactide-co-glycolide). See, Shahin, R. et al. (1995) Infect. Immun. 63: 1195-1200. Similarly, orally administered encapsulated Salmonella typhimurium antigens can also be used. Allaoui-Attarki, K. et al. (1997) Infect. Immun. 65:853-857. Encapsulated vaccines of the present invention can be administered by a variety of routes including those involving contacting the vaccine with mucous membranes (e.g., intranasally, intracolonicly, intraduodenally). Many different techniques exist for the timing of the immunizations when a multiple administration regimen is utilized. It is possible to use the compositions of the invention more than once to increase the levels and diversities of expression of the immunoglobulin repertoire expressed by the immunized animal. Typically, if multiple immunizations are given, they will be given one to two months apart. According to the present invention, an "effective amount" of a therapeutic composition is one which is sufficient to achieve a desired biological effect. Generally, the dosage needed to provide an effective amount of the composition will vary depending upon such factors as the animal's or human's age, condition, sex, and extent of disease, if any, and other variables which can be adjusted by one of ordinary skill in the art. The antigenic preparations of the invention can be administered by either single or multiple dosages of an effective amount. Effective amounts of the compositions of the invention can vary from 0.01-1,000 μg/ml per dose, more preferably 0.1-500 μg/ml per dose, and most preferably 10-300 μg/ml per dose.
Examples
Example 1: Isolation of a Selected DNA Clone From the Deposited Sample
Three approaches can be used to isolate a S. aureus clone comprising a polynucleotide of the present invention from any S. aureus genomic DNA library. The S. aureus strain ISP3 has been deposited as a convienent source for obtaining a S. aureus strain although a wide varity of strains S. aureus strains can be used which are known in the art.
S. aureus genomic DNA is prepared using the following method. A 20ml overnight bacterial culture grown in a rich medium (e.g., Trypticase Soy Broth, Brain Heart Infusion broth or Super broth), pelleted, washed two times with TES (3OmM Tris-pH 8.0, 25mM EDTA, 50mM NaCl), and resuspended in 5ml high salt TES (2.5M NaCl). Lysostaphin is added to final concentration of approx 50ug/ml and the mixture is rotated slowly 1 hour at 37C to make protoplast cells. The solution is then placed in incubator (or place in a shaking water bath) and warmed to 55C. Five hundred micro liter of 20% sarcosyl in TES (final concentration 2%) is then added to lyse the cells. Next, guanidine HC1 is added to a final concentration of 7M (3.69g in 5.5 ml). The mixture is swirled slowly at 55C for 60-90 min (solution should clear). A CsCl gradient is then set up in SW41 ultra clear tubes using 2.0ml 5.7M CsCl and overlaying with 2.85M CsCl. The gradient is carefully overlayed with the DNA-containing GuHCl solution. The gradient is spun at 30,000 rpm, 20C for 24 hr and the lower DNA band is collected. The volume is increased to 5 ml with TE buffer. The DNA is then treated with protease K (10 ug/ml) overnight at 37 C, and precipitated with ethanol. The precipitated DNA is resuspended in a desired buffer.
In the first method, a plasmid is directly isolated by screening a plasmid S. aureus genomic DNA library using a polynucleotide probe corresponding to a polynucleotide of the present invention. Particularly, a specific polynucleotide with 30-40 nucleotides is synthesized using an Applied Biosystems DNA synthesizer according to the sequence reported. The oligonucleotide is labeled, for instance, with 32P-γ-ATP using T4 polynucleotide kinase and purified according to routine methods. (See, e.g., Maniatis et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Press, Cold Spring, NY (1982).) The library is transformed into a suitable host, as indicated above (such as XL-1 Blue (Stratagene)) using techniques known to those of skill in the art. See, e.g., Sambrook et al. MOLECULAR CLONING: A LABORATORY MANUAL (Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. 2nd ed. 1989); Ausubel et al, CURRENT PROTOCALS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY (John Wiley and Sons, N.Y. 1989). The transformants are plated on 1.5% agar plates (containing the appropriate selection agent, e.g., ampicillin) to a density of about 150 transformants (colonies) per plate. These plates are screened using Nylon membranes according to routine methods for bacterial colony screening. See, e.g., Sambrook et al. MOLECULAR CLONING: A LABORATORY MANUAL (Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. 2nd ed. 1989); Ausubel et al,
CURRENT PROTOCALS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY (John Wiley and Sons, N.Y. 1989) or other techniques known to those of skill in the art.
Alternatively, two primers of 15-25 nucleotides derived from the 5' and 3' ends of a polynucleotide of Table 1 are synthesized and used to amplify the desired DNA by PCR using a S. aureus genomic DNA prep (e.g., the deposited S. aureus ISP3) as a template. PCR is carried out under routine conditions, for instance, in 25 μl of reaction mixture with 0.5 ug of the above DNA template. A convenient reaction mixture is 1.5-5 mM MgCl2, 0.01% (w/v) gelatin, 20 μM each of dATP, dCTP, dGTP, dTTP, 25 pmol of each primer and 0.25 Unit of
Taq polymerase. Thirty five cycles of PCR (denaturation at 94°C for 1 min; annealing at 55°C for 1 min; elongation at 72°C for 1 min) are performed with a Perkin-Elmer Cetus automated thermal cycler. The amplified product is analyzed by agarose gel electrophoresis and the DNA band with expected molecular weight is excised and purified. The PCR product is verified to be the selected sequence by subcloning and sequencing the DNA product.
Finally, overlapping oligos of the DNA sequences of Table 1 can be synthesized and used to generate a nucleotide sequence of desired length using PCR methods known in the art.
Example 2(a): Expression and Purification staphylococcal polypeptides in E. coli
The bacterial expression vector pQE60 is used for bacterial expression in this example. (QIAGEN, Inc., 9259 Eton Avenue, Chatsworth, CA, 91311). pQE60 encodes ampicillin antibiotic resistance ("Ampr") and contains a bacterial origin of replication ("ori"), an JJPTG inducible promoter, a ribosome binding site ("RBS"), six codons encoding histidine residues that allow affinity purification using nickel-nitrilo-tri-acetic acid ("Ni-NTA") affinity resin (QIAGEN, Inc., supra) and suitable single restriction enzyme cleavage sites. These elements are arranged such that an inserted DNA fragment encoding a polypeptide expresses that polypeptide with the six His residues (i.e., a "6 X His tag") covalently linked to the carboxyl terminus of that polypeptide.
The DNA sequence encoding the desired portion of a S. aureus protein of the present invention is amplified from S. aureus genomic DNA or from the deposited DNA clone using PCR oligonucleotide primers which anneal to the 5' and 3' sequences coding for the portion of the S. aureus polynucleotide. Additional nucleotides containing restriction sites to facilitate cloning in the pQE60 vector are added to the 5' and 3' sequences, respectively.
For cloning the mature protein, the 5' primer has a sequence containing an appropriate restriction site followed by nucleotides of the amino terminal coding sequence of the desired S. aureus polynucleotide sequence in Table 1. One of ordinary skill in the art would appreciate that the point in the protein coding sequence where the 5' and 3' primers begin may be varied to amplify a DNA segment encoding any desired portion of the complete protein shorter or longer than the mature form. The 3' primer has a sequence containing an appropriate
restriction site followed by nucleotides complementary to the 3' end of the desired coding sequence of Table 1, excluding a stop codon, with the coding sequence aligned with the restriction site so as to maintain its reading frame with that of the six His codons in the pQE60 vector. The amplified S. aureus DNA fragment and the vector pQE60 are digested with restriction enzymes which recognize the sites in the primers and the digested DNAs are then ligated together. The S. aureus DNA is inserted into the restricted pQE60 vector in a manner which places the S. aureus protein coding region downstream from the IPTG-inducible promoter and in-frame with an initiating AUG and the six histidine codons. The ligation mixture is transformed into competent E. coli cells using standard procedures such as those described by Sambrook et al., supra. E. coli strain M15/rep4, containing multiple copies of the plasmid pREP4, which expresses the lac repressor and confers kanamycin resistance ("Kanr"), is used in carrying out the illustrative example described herein. This strain, which is only one of many that are suitable for expressing a S. aureus polypeptide, is available commercially (QIAGEN, Inc., supra). Transformants are identified by their ability to grow on LB plates in the presence of ampicillin and kanamycin. Plasmid DNA is isolated from resistant colonies and the identity of the cloned DNA confirmed by restriction analysis, PCR and DNA sequencing.
Clones containing the desired constructs are grown overnight ("O/N") in liquid culture in LB media supplemented with both ampicillin (100 μg/ml) and kanamycin (25 μg/ml). The O/N culture is used to inoculate a large culture, at a dilution of approximately 1:25 to 1:250. The cells are grown to an optical density at 600 nm ("OD600") of between 0.4 and 0.6.
Isopropyl-β-D-thiogalactopyranoside ("IPTG") is then added to a final concentration of 1 mM to induce transcription from the lac repressor sensitive promoter, by inactivating the lad repressor. Cells subsequently are incubated further for 3 to 4 hours. Cells then are harvested by centrifugation.
The cells are then stirred for 3-4 hours at 4°C in 6M guanidine-HCl, pH 8. The cell debris is removed by centrifugation, and the supernatant containing the S. aureus polypeptide is loaded onto a nickel-nitrilo-tri-acetic acid ("Ni-NTA") affinity resin column (QIAGEN, Inc., supra). Proteins with a 6 x His tag bind to the Ni-NTA resin with high affinity and can be purified in a simple one-step procedure (for details see: The QIAexpressionist, 1995, QIAGEN, Inc., supra). Briefly the supernatant is loaded onto the column in 6 M guanidine- HCl, pH 8, the column is first washed with 10 volumes of 6 M guanidine-HCl, pH 8, then washed with 10 volumes of 6 M guanidine-HCl pH 6, and finally the S. aureus polypeptide is eluted with 6 M guanidine-HCl, pH 5.
The purified protein is then renatured by dialyzing it against phosphate-buffered saline (PBS) or 50 mM Na-acetate, pH 6 buffer plus 200 mM NaCl. Alternatively, the protein can be successfully refolded while immobilized on the Ni-NTA column. The recommended conditions
are as follows: renature using a linear 6M-1M urea gradient in 500 mM NaCl, 20% glycerol, 20 mM Tris/HCl pH 7.4, containing protease inhibitors. The renaturation should be performed over a period of 1.5 hours or more. After renaturation the proteins can be eluted by the addition of 250 mM immidazole. Immidazole is removed by a final dialyzing step against PBS or 50 mM sodium acetate pH 6 buffer plus 200 mM NaCl. The purified protein is stored at 4° C or frozen at -80° C.
Alternatively, the polypeptides of the present invention can be produced by a non- denaturing method. In this method, after the cells are harvested by centrifugation, the cell pellet from each liter of culture is resuspended in 25 ml of Lysis Buffer A at 4°C (Lysis Buffer A = 50 mM Na-phosphate, 300 mM NaCl, 10 mM 2-mercaptoethanol, 10% Glycerol, pH 7.5 with 1 tablet of Complete EDTA-free protease inhibitor cocktail (Boehringer Mannheim #1873580) per 50 ml of buffer). Absorbance at 550 nm is approximately 10-20 O.D./ml. The suspension is then put through three freeze/thaw cycles from -70°C (using a ethanol-dry ice bath) up to room temperature. The cells are lysed via sonication in short 10 sec bursts over 3 minutes at approximately 80W while kept on ice. The sonicated sample is then centrifuged at 15,000 RPM for 30 minutes at 4°C. The supernatant is passed through a column containing 1.0 ml of CL-4B resin to pre-clear the sample of any proteins that may bind to agarose non- specifically, and the flow-through fraction is collected.
The pre-cleared flow-through is applied to a nickel-nitrilo-tri-acetic acid ("Ni-NTA") affinity resin column (Quiagen, Inc., supra). Proteins with a 6 X His tag bind to the Ni-NTA resin with high affinity and can be purified in a simple one-step procedure. Briefly, the supernatant is loaded onto the column in Lysis Buffer A at 4°C, the column is first washed with 10 volumes of Lysis Buffer A until the A280 of the eluate returns to the baseline. Then, the column is washed with 5 volumes of 40 mM Imidazole (92% Lysis Buffer A / 8% Buffer B) (Buffer B = 50 mM Na-Phosphate, 300 mM NaCl, 10% Glycerol, 10 mM 2- mercaptoethanol, 500 mM Imidazole, pH of the final buffer should be 7.5). The protein is eluted off of the column with a series of increasing Imidazole solutions made by adjusting the ratios of Lysis Buffer A to Buffer B. Three different concentrations are used: 3 volumes of 75 mM Imidazole, 3 volumes of 150 mM Imidazole, 5 volumes of 500 mM Imidazole. The fractions containing the purified protein are analyzed using 8 %, 10 % or 14% SDS-PAGE depending on the protein size. The purified protein is then dialyzed 2X against phosphate- buffered saline (PBS) in order to place it into an easily workable buffer. The purified protein is stored at 4° C or frozen at -80°
The following is another alternative method may be used to purify S. aureus expressed in E coli when it is present in the form of inclusion bodies. Unless otherwise specified, all of the following steps are conducted at 4-10°C.
Upon completion of the production phase of the E. coli fermentation, the cell culture is cooled to 4-10°C and the cells are harvested by continuous centrifugation at 15,000 rpm
(Heraeus Sepatech). On the basis of the expected yield of protein per unit weight of cell paste and the amount of purified protein required, an appropriate amount of cell paste, by weight, is suspended in a buffer solution containing 100 mM Tris, 50 mM EDTA, pH 7.4. The cells are dispersed to a homogeneous suspension using a high shear mixer. The cells are then lysed by passing the solution through a microfluidizer (Microfuidics,
Corp. or APV Gaulin, Inc.) twice at 4000-6000 psi. The homogenate is then mixed with NaCl solution to a final concentration of 0.5 M NaCl, followed by centrifugation at 7000 x g for 15 min. The resultant pellet is washed again using 0.5M NaCl, 100 mM Tris, 50 mM EDTA, pH 7.4. The resulting washed inclusion bodies are solubilized with 1.5 M guanidine hydrochloride (GuHCl) for 2-4 hours. After 7000 x g centrifugation for 15 min., the pellet is discarded and the S. aureus polypeptide-containing supernatant is incubated at 4°C overnight to allow further GuHCl extraction.
Following high speed centrifugation (30,000 x g) to remove insoluble particles, the GuHCl solubilized protein is refolded by quickly mixing the GuHCl extract with 20 volumes of buffer containing 50 mM sodium, pH 4.5, 150 mM NaCl, 2 mM EDTA by vigorous stirring. The refolded diluted protein solution is kept at 4°C without mixing for 12 hours prior to further purification steps.
To clarify the refolded S. aureus polypeptide solution, a previously prepared tangential filtration unit equipped with 0.16 μm membrane filter with appropriate surface area (e.g.,
Filtron), equilibrated with 40 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0 is employed. The filtered sample is loaded onto a cation exchange resin (e.g., Poros HS-50, Perseptive Biosystems). The column is washed with 40 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0 and eluted with 250 mM, 500 mM, 1000 mM, and 1500 mM NaCl in the same buffer, in a stepwise manner. The absorbance at 280 mm of the effluent is continuously monitored. Fractions are collected and further analyzed by SDS- PAGE.
Fractions containing the S. aureus polypeptide are then pooled and mixed with 4 volumes of water. The diluted sample is then loaded onto a previously prepared set of tandem columns of strong anion (Poros HQ-50, Perseptive Biosystems) and weak anion (Poros CM- 20, Perseptive Biosystems) exchange resins. The columns are equilibrated with 40 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0. Both columns are washed with 40 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0, 200 mM NaCl. The CM-20 column is then eluted using a 10 column volume linear gradient ranging from 0.2 M NaCl, 50 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0 to 1.0 M NaCl, 50 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.5. Fractions are collected under constant A280 monitoring of the effluent. Fractions containing the S. aureus polypeptide (determined, for instance, by 16% SDS-PAGE) are then pooled.
The resultant S. aureus polypeptide exhibits greater than 95% purity after the above refolding and purification steps. No major contaminant bands are observed from Commassie
blue stained 16% SDS-PAGE gel when 5 μg of purified protein is loaded. The purified protein is also tested for endotoxin/LPS contamination, and typically the LPS content is less than 0.1 ng/ml according to LAL assays.
Example 2(b): Expression and Purification staphylococcal polypeptides in E. coli
Alternatively, the vector pQElO can be used to clone and express polypeptides of the present invention. The difference being such that an inserted DNA fragment encoding a polypeptide expresses that polypeptide with the six His residues (i.e., a "6 X His tag") covalently linked to the amino terminus of that polypeptide. The bacterial expression vector pQElO (QIAGEN, Inc., 9259 Eton Avenue, Chatsworth, CA, 91311) is used in this example . The components of the pQElO plasmid are arranged such that the inserted DNA sequence encoding a polypeptide of the present invention expresses the polypeptide with the six His residues (i.e., a "6 X His tag")) covalently linked to the amino terminus. The DNA sequences encoding the desired portions of a polypeptide of Table 1 are amplified using PCR oligonucleotide primers from either genomic S. aureus DNA or DNA from the plasmid clones listed in Table 1 clones of the present invention. The PCR primers anneal to the nucleotide sequences encoding the desired amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the present invention. Additional nucleotides containing restriction sites to facilitate cloning in the pQElO vector are added to the 5' and 3' primer sequences, respectively.
For cloning a polypeptide of the present invention, the 5' and 3' primers are selected to amplify their respective nucleotide coding sequences. One of ordinary skill in the art would appreciate that the point in the protein coding sequence where the 5' and 3' primers begins may be varied to amplify a DNA segment encoding any desired portion of a polypeptide of the present invention. The 5' primer is designed so the coding sequence of the 6 X His tag is aligned with the restriction site so as to maintain its reading frame with that of S. aureus polypeptide. The 3' is designed to include an stop codon. The amplified DNA fragment is then cloned, and the protein expressed, as described above for the pQE60 plasmid.
The DNA sequences encoding the amino acid sequences of Table 1 may also be cloned and expressed as fusion proteins by a protocol similar to that described directly above, wherein the pET-32b(+) vector (Novagen, 601 Science Drive, Madison, WI 53711) is preferentially used in place of pQElO.
Example 2(c): Expression and Purification of Stahphlococcusl polypeptides in E. coli
The bacterial expression vector pQE60 is used for bacterial expression in this example (QIAGEN, Inc., 9259 Eton Avenue, Chatsworth, CA, 91311). However, in this example, the polypeptide coding sequence is inserted such that translation of the six His codons is prevented
and, therefore, the polypeptide is produced with no 6 X His tag.
The DNA sequence encoding the desired portion of the S. aureus amino acid sequence is amplified from a S. aureus genomic DNA prep using PCR oligonucleotide primers which anneal to the 5' and 3' nucleotide sequences corresponding to the desired portion of the S. aureus polypeptides. Additional nucleotides containing restriction sites to facilitate cloning in the pQE60 vector are added to the 5' and 3' primer sequences.
For cloning a S. aureus polypeptides of the present invention, 5' and 3' primers are selected to amplify their respective nucleotide coding sequences. One of ordinary skill in the art would appreciate that the point in the protein coding sequence where the 5' and 3' primers begin may be varied to amplify a DNA segment encoding any desired portion of a polypeptide of the present invention. The 3' and 5' primers contain appropriate restriction sites followed by nucleotides complementary to the 5' and 3' ends of the coding sequence respectively. The 3' primer is additionally designed to include an in-frame stop codon.
The amplified S. aureus DNA fragments and the vector pQE60 are digested with restriction enzymes recognizing the sites in the primers and the digested DNAs are then ligated together. Insertion of the S. aureus DNA into the restricted pQE60 vector places the S. aureus protein coding region including its associated stop codon downstream from the IPTG-inducible promoter and in-frame with an initiating AUG. The associated stop codon prevents translation of the six histidine codons downstream of the insertion point. The ligation mixture is transformed into competent E. coli cells using standard procedures such as those described by Sambrook et al. E. coli strain M15/rep4, containing multiple copies of the plasmid pREP4, which expresses the lac repressor and confers kanamycin resistance ("Kanr"), is used in carrying out the illustrative example described herein. This strain, which is only one of many that are suitable for expressing S. aureus polypeptide, is available commercially (QIAGEN, Inc., supra). Transformants are identified by their ability to grow on LB plates in the presence of ampicillin and kanamycin. Plasmid DNA is isolated from resistant colonies and the identity of the cloned DNA confirmed by restriction analysis, PCR and DNA sequencing.
Clones containing the desired constructs are grown overnight ("O/N") in liquid culture in LB media supplemented with both ampicillin (100 μg/ml) and kanamycin (25 μg/ml). The O N culture is used to inoculate a large culture, at a dilution of approximately 1:25 to 1:250. The cells are grown to an optical density at 600 nm ("OD600") of between 0.4 and 0.6. isopropyl-b-D-thiogalactopyranoside ("IPTG") is then added to a final concentration of 1 mM to induce transcription from the lac repressor sensitive promoter, by inactivating the lad repressor. Cells subsequently are incubated further for 3 to 4 hours. Cells then are harvested by centrifugation.
To purify the S. aureus polypeptide, the cells are then stirred for 3-4 hours at 4°C in
6M guanidine-HCl, pH 8. The cell debris is removed by centrifugation, and the supernatant
containing the S. aureus polypeptide is dialyzed against 50 mM Na-acetate buffer pH 6, supplemented with 200 mM NaCl. Alternatively, the protein can be successfully refolded by dialyzing it against 500 mM NaCl, 20% glycerol, 25 mM Tris/HCl pH 7.4, containing protease inhibitors. After renaturation the protein can be purified by ion exchange, hydrophobic interaction and size exclusion chromatography. Alternatively, an affinity chromatography step such as an antibody column can be used to obtain pure S. aureus polypeptide. The purified protein is stored at 4° C or frozen at -80° C.
The following alternative method may be used to purify S. aureus polypeptides expressed in E coli when it is present in the form of inclusion bodies. Unless otherwise specified, all of the following steps are conducted at 4-10°C.
Upon completion of the production phase of the E. coli fermentation, the cell culture is cooled to 4-10°C and the cells are harvested by continuous centrifugation at 15,000 rpm
(Heraeus Sepatech). On the basis of the expected yield of protein per unit weight of cell paste and the amount of purified protein required, an appropriate amount of cell paste, by weight, is suspended in a buffer solution containing 100 mM Tris, 50 mM EDTA, pH 7.4. The cells are dispersed to a homogeneous suspension using a high shear mixer.
The cells ware then lysed by passing the solution through a microfluidizer
(Microfuidics, Corp. or APV Gaulin, Inc.) twice at 4000-6000 psi. The homogenate is then mixed with NaCl solution to a final concentration of 0.5 M NaCl, followed by centrifugation at 7000 x g for 15 min. The resultant pellet is washed again using 0.5M NaCl, 100 mM Tris, 50 mM EDTA, pH 7.4.
The resulting washed inclusion bodies are solubilized with 1.5 M guanidine hydrochloride (GuHCl) for 2-4 hours. After 7000 x g centrifugation for 15 min., the pellet is discarded and the S. aureus polypeptide-containing supernatant is incubated at 4°C overnight to allow further GuHCl extraction.
Following high speed centrifugation (30,000 x g) to remove insoluble particles, the GuHCl solubilized protein is refolded by quickly mixing the GuHCl extract with 20 volumes of buffer containing 50 mM sodium, pH 4.5, 150 mM NaCl, 2 mM EDTA by vigorous stirring. The refolded diluted protein solution is kept at 4°C without mixing for 12 hours prior to further purification steps.
To clarify the refolded S. aureus polypeptide solution, a previously prepared tangential filtration unit equipped with 0.16 μm membrane filter with appropriate surface area (e.g.,
Filtron), equilibrated with 40 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0 is employed. The filtered sample is loaded onto a cation exchange resin (e.g., Poros HS-50, Perseptive Biosystems). The column is washed with 40 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0 and eluted with 250 mM, 500 mM, 1000 mM, and 1500 mM NaCl in the same buffer, in a stepwise manner. The absorbance at 280 mm of the effluent is continuously monitored. Fractions are collected and further analyzed by SDS-
PAGE.
Fractions containing the S. aureus polypeptide are then pooled and mixed with 4 volumes of water. The diluted sample is then loaded onto a previously prepared set of tandem columns of strong anion (Poros HQ-50, Perseptive Biosystems) and weak anion (Poros CM- 20, Perseptive Biosystems) exchange resins. The columns are equilibrated with 40 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0. Both columns are washed with 40 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0, 200 mM NaCl. The CM-20 column is then eluted using a 10 column volume linear gradient ranging from 0.2 M NaCl, 50 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.0 to 1.0 M NaCl, 50 mM sodium acetate, pH 6.5. Fractions are collected under constant A280 monitoring of the effluent. Fractions containing the S. aureus polypeptide (determined, for instance, by 16% SDS-PAGE) are then pooled.
The resultant S. aureus polypeptide exhibits greater than 95% purity after the above refolding and purification steps. No major contaminant bands are observed from Commassie blue stained 16% SDS-PAGE gel when 5 μg of purified protein is loaded. The purified protein is also tested for endotoxin/LPS contamination, and typically the LPS content is less than 0.1 ng/ml according to LAL assays.
Example 2(d): Cloning and Expression of S. aureus in Other Bacteria
S. aureus polypeptides can also be produced in: S. aureus using the methods of S. Skinner et al., (1988) Mol. Microbiol. 2:289-297 or J. I. Moreno (1996) Protein Expr. Purif. 8(3):332-340; Lactobacillus using the methods of C. Rush et al., 1997 Appl. Microbiol. Biotechnol. 47(5):537-542; or in Bacillus subtilis using the methods Chang et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,952,508.
Example 3: Cloning and Expression in COS Cells
A S. aureus expression plasmid is made by cloning a portion of the DNA encoding a S. aureus polypeptide into the expression vector pDNAI/Amp or pDNAHI (which can be obtained from Invitrogen, Inc.). The expression vector pDNAI/amp contains: (1) an E. coli origin of replication effective for propagation in E. coli and other prokaryotic cells; (2) an ampicillin resistance gene for selection of plasmid-containing prokaryotic cells; (3) an SV40 origin of replication for propagation in eukaryotic cells; (4) a CMV promoter, a poly linker, an SV40 intron; (5) several codons encoding a hemagglutinin fragment (i.e., an "HA" tag to facilitate purification) followed by a termination codon and polyadenylation signal arranged so that a DNA can be conveniently placed under expression control of the CMV promoter and operably linked to the SV40 intron and the polyadenylation signal by means of restriction sites in the polylinker. The HA tag corresponds to an epitope derived from the influenza hemagglutinin protein described by Wilson et al. 1984 Cell 37:767. The fusion of the HA tag to the target protein allows easy detection and recovery of the recombinant protein with an
antibody that recognizes the HA epitope. pDNAIII contains, in addition, the selectable neomycin marker.
A DNA fragment encoding a S. aureus polypeptide is cloned into the poly linker region of the vector so that recombinant protein expression is directed by the CMV promoter. The plasmid construction strategy is as follows. The DNA from a S. aureus genomic DNA prep is amplified using primers that contain convenient restriction sites, much as described above for construction of vectors for expression of S. aureus in E. coli. The 5' primer contains a Kozak sequence, an AUG start codon, and nucleotides of the 5' coding region of the S. aureus polypeptide. The 3' primer, contains nucleotides complementary to the 3' coding sequence of the S. aureus DNA, a stop codon, and a convenient restriction site.
The PCR amplified DNA fragment and the vector, pDNAI/Amp, are digested with appropriate restriction enzymes and then ligated. The ligation mixture is transformed into an appropriate E. coli strain such as SURE™ (Stratagene Cloning Systems, La Jolla, CA 92037), and the transformed culture is plated on ampicillin media plates which then are incubated to allow growth of ampicillin resistant colonies. Plasmid DNA is isolated from resistant colonies and examined by restriction analysis or other means for the presence of the fragment encoding the S. aureus polypeptide
For expression of a recombinant S. aureus polypeptide, COS cells are transfected with an expression vector, as described above, using DEAE-dextran, as described, for instance, by Sambrook et al. (supra). Cells are incubated under conditions for expression of S. aureus by the vector.
Expression of the S. aureus-UA fusion protein is detected by radiolabeling and immunoprecipitation, using methods described in, for example Harlow et al., supra.. To this end, two days after transfection, the cells are labeled by incubation in media containing 35S- cysteine for 8 hours. The cells and the media are collected, and the cells are washed and the lysed with detergent-containing RIPA buffer: 150 mM NaCl, 1% NP-40, 0.1% SDS, 1% NP- 40, 0.5%o DOC, 50 mM TRIS, pH 7.5, as described by Wilson et al. (supra ). Proteins are precipitated from the cell lysate and from the culture media using an HA-specific monoclonal antibody. The precipitated proteins then are analyzed by SDS-PAGE and autoradiography. An expression product of the expected size is seen in the cell lysate, which is not seen in negative controls.
Example 4: Cloning and Expression in CHO Cells
The vector pC4 is used for the expression of S. aureus polypeptide in this example. Plasmid ρC4 is a derivative of the plasmid pS V2-dhfr (ATCC Accession No. 37146). The plasmid contains the mouse DHFR gene under control of the S V40 early promoter. Chinese hamster ovary cells or other cells lacking dihydrofolate activity that are transfected with these plasmids can be selected by growing the cells in a selective medium (alpha minus MEM, Life
Technologies) supplemented with the chemotherapeutic agent methotrexate. The amplification of the DHFR genes in cells resistant to methotrexate (MTX) has been well documented. See, e.g., Alt et al., 1978, J. Biol. Chem. 253: 1357-1370; Hamlin et al., 1990, Biochem. et Biophys. Acta, 1097:107-143; Page et al., 1991, Biotechnology 9:64-68. Cells grown in increasing concentrations of MTX develop resistance to the drug by overproducing the target enzyme, DHFR, as a result of amplification of the DHFR gene. If a second gene is linked to the DHFR gene, it is usually co-amplified and over-expressed. It is known in the art that this approach may be used to develop cell lines carrying more than 1,000 copies of the amplified gene(s). Subsequently, when the methotrexate is withdrawn, cell lines are obtained which contain the amplified gene integrated into one or more chromosome(s) of the host cell.
Plasmid pC4 contains the strong promoter of the long terminal repeat (LTR) of the Rouse Sarcoma Virus, for expressing a polypeptide of interest, Cullen, et al. (1985) Mol. Cell. Biol. 5:438-447; plus a fragment isolated from the enhancer of the immediate early gene of human cytomegalo virus (CMV), Boshart, et al., 1985, Cell 41:521-530. Downstream of the promoter are the following single restriction enzyme cleavage sites that allow the integration of the genes: Bam HI, Xba I, and Asp 718. Behind these cloning sites the plasmid contains the 3' intron and polyadenylation site of the rat preproinsulin gene. Other high efficiency promoters can also be used for the expression, e.g., the human β-actin promoter, the SV40 early or late promoters or the long terminal repeats from other retroviruses, e.g., HIV and HTLVI. Clontech's Tet-Off and Tet-On gene expression systems and similar systems can be used to express the S. aureus polypeptide in a regulated way in mammalian cells (Gossen et al., 1992, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:5547-5551. For the polyadenylation of the mRNA other signals, e.g., from the human growth hormone or globin genes can be used as well. Stable cell lines carrying a gene of interest integrated into the chromosomes can also be selected upon co-transfection with a selectable marker such as gpt, G418 or hygromycin. It is advantageous to use more than one selectable marker in the beginning, e.g., G418 plus methotrexate.
The plasmid pC4 is digested with the restriction enzymes and then dephosphorylated using calf intestinal phosphates by procedures known in the art. The vector is then isolated from a 1 % agarose gel. The DNA sequence encoding the S. aureus polypeptide is amplified using PCR oligonucleotide primers corresponding to the 5' and 3' sequences of the desired portion of the gene. A 5' primer containing a restriction site, a Kozak sequence, an AUG start codon, and nucleotides of the 5' coding region of the S. aureus polypeptide is synthesized and used. A 3' primer, containing a restriction site, stop codon, and nucleotides complementary to the 3' coding sequence of the S. aureus polypeptides is synthesized and used. The amplified fragment is digested with the restriction endonucleases and then purified again on a 1% agarose gel. The isolated fragment and the dephosphorylated vector are then ligated with T4 DNA ligase. E. coli HB101 or XL-1 Blue cells are then transformed and bacteria are identified that contain the fragment inserted into plasmid pC4 using, for instance, restriction enzyme analysis.
Chinese hamster ovary cells lacking an active DHFR gene are used for transfection. Five μg of the expression plasmid pC4 is cotransfected with 0.5 μg of the plasmid pSVneo using a lipid-mediated transfection agent such as Lipofectin™ or LipofectAMINE.™
(LifeTechnologies Gaithersburg, MD). The plasmid pSV2-neo contains a dominant selectable marker, the neo gene from Tn5 encoding an enzyme that confers resistance to a group of antibiotics including G418. The cells are seeded in alpha minus MEM supplemented with 1 mg/ml G418. After 2 days, the cells are trypsinized and seeded in hybridoma cloning plates (Greiner, Germany) in alpha minus MEM supplemented with 10, 25, or 50 ng/ml of methotrexate plus 1 mg/ml G418. After about 10-14 days single clones are trypsinized and then seeded in 6- well petri dishes or 10 ml flasks using different concentrations of methotrexate (50 nM, 100 nM, 200 nM, 400 nM, 800 nM). Clones growing at the highest concentrations of methotrexate are then transferred to new 6- well plates containing even higher concentrations of methotrexate (1 uM, 2 μM, 5 μM, 10 mM, 20 mM). The same procedure is repeated until clones are obtained which grow at a concentration of 100-200 μM. Expression of the desired gene product is analyzed, for instance, by SDS-PAGE and Western blot or by reversed phase HPLC analysis.
Example 5: Quantitative Murine Soft Tissue Infection Model for S. aureus
Compositions of the present invention, including polypeptides and peptides, are assayed for their ability to function as vaccines or to enhance/stimulate an immune response to a bacterial species (e.g., S. aureus) using the following quantitative murine soft tissue infection model. Mice (e.g., NIH Swiss female mice, approximately 7 weeks old) are first treated with a biologically protective effective amount, or immune enhancing/stimulating effective amount of a composition of the present invention using methods known in the art, such as those discussed above. See, e.g., Harlow et al., ANTIBODIES: A LABORATORY MANUAL, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed. 1988). An example of an appropriate starting dose is 20ug per animal.
The desired bacterial species used to challenge the mice, such as S. aureus, is grown as an overnight culture. The culture is diluted to a concentration of 5 X 108 cfu/ml, in an appropriate media, mixed well, serially diluted, and titered. The desired doses are further diluted 1:2 with sterilized Cytodex 3 microcarrier beads preswollen in sterile PBS (3g/ 100ml). Mice are anesthetize briefly until docile, but still mobile and injected with 0.2 ml of the Cytodex 3 bead/bacterial mixture into each animal subcutaneously in the inguinal region. After four days, counting the day of injection as day one, mice are sacrificed and the contents of the abscess is excised and placed in a 15 ml conical tube containing 1.0ml of sterile PBS. The contents of the abscess is then enzymatically treated and plated as follows.
The abscess is first disrupted by vortexing with sterilized glass beads placed in the tubes. 3.0mls of prepared enzyme mixture (1.0ml Collagenase D (4.0 mg/ml), 1.0ml Trypsin (6.0
mg/ml) and 8.0 ml PBS) is then added to each tube followed by a 20 min. incubation at 37C. The solution is then centrifuged and the supernatant drawn off. 0.5 ml dH20 is then added and the tubes are vortexed and then incubated for 10 min. at room temperature. 0.5 ml media is then added and samples are serially diluted and plated onto agar plates, and grown overnight at 37C. Plates with distinct and separate colonies are then counted, compared to positive and negative control samples, and quantified. The method can be used to identify composition and determine appropriate and effective doses for humans and other animals by comparing the effective doses of compositions of the present invention with compositions known in the art to be effective in both mice and humans. Doses for the effective treatment of humans and other animals, using compositions of the present invention, are extrapolated using the data from the above experiments of mice. It is appreciated that further studies in humans and other animals may be needed to determine the most effective doses using methods of clinical practice known in the art.
Example 6: Murine Systemic Neutropenic Model for S. aureus Infection
Compositions of the present invention, including polypeptides and peptides, are assayed for their ability to function as vaccines or to enhance/stimulate an immune response to a bacterial species (e.g., S. aureus) using the following qualitative murine systemic neutropenic model. Mice (e.g., NIH Swiss female mice, approximately 7 weeks old) are first treated with a biologically protective effective amount, or immune enhancing/stimulating effective amount of a composition of the present invention using methods known in the art, such as those discussed above. See, e.g., Harlow et al., ANTIBODIES: A LABORATORY MANUAL, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed. 1988). An example of an appropriate starting dose is 20ug per animal. Mice are then injected with 250 - 300 mg/kg cyclophosphamide intraperitonially. Counting the day of C.P. injection as day one, the mice are left untreated for 5 days to begin recovery of PMNL'S.
The desired bacterial species used to challenge the mice, such as S. aureus, is grown as an overnight culture. The culture is diluted to a concentration of 5 X 108cfu/ml, in an appropriate media, mixed well, serially diluted, and titered. The desired doses are further diluted 1:2 in 4% Brewer's yeast in media.
Mice are injected with the bacteria/brewer's yeast challenge intraperitonially. The Brewer's yeast solution alone is used as a control. The mice are then monitored twice daily for the first week following challenge, and once a day for the next week to ascertain morbidity and mortality. Mice remaining at the end of the experiment are sacrificed. The method can be used to identify compositions and determine appropriate and effective doses for humans and other animals by comparing the effective doses of compositions of the present invention with compositions known in the art to be effective in both mice and humans. Doses for the effective treatment of humans and other animals, using compositions of the present invention, are
extrapolated using the data from the above experiments of mice. It is appreciated that further studies in humans and other animals may be needed to determine the most effective doses using methods of clinical practice known in the art.
The disclosure of all publications (including patents, patent applications, journal articles, laboratory manuals, books, or other documents) cited herein and the sequence listings are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties.
The present invention is not to be limited in scope by the specific embodiments described herein, which are intended as single illustrations of individual aspects of the invention. Functionally equivalent methods and components are within the scope of the invention, in addition to those shown and described herein and will become apparent to those skilled in the art from the foregoing description and accompanying drawings. Such modifications are intended to fall within the scope of the appended claims.
INDICATIONS RELATING TO A DEPOSITED MICROORGANISM
(PCT Rule 13 bis)
A. The indications made below relate to the microorganism referred to in the description on page , line 18
B. IDENTIFICATIONOFDEPOSΓΓ Further deposits are identified on an additional sheet | |
Name of depositary institution American Type Culture Collection
Address of depositary institution (including postal code and country)
10801 University Boulevard Manassas, Virginia 20110-2209 United States of America
Date of deposit Accession Number
7 April 1998 202108
C. ADDITIONAL INDICATIONS (leave blank if not applicable) This information is continued on an additional sheet | |
I). DESIGNATED STATES FOR WHICH INDICATIONS ARE MADE (if the indications are not for all designated States)
Europe
In respect to those designations in which a European Patent is sought a sample of the deposited microorganism will be made available until the publication of the mention of the grant of the European patent or until the date on which application has been refused or withdrawn or is deemed to be withdrawn, only by the issue of such a sample to an expert nominated by the person requesting the sample (Rule 28 (4) EPC).
!•:. SFPARATEFURNISHING OFINDICATIONSfteαve-i/flnJfci/wfα^/JcaWe
The indications listed below will be submitted to the International Bureau later (specify the general nature of the indicaύons e.g., "Accession Number of Deposit")
For receiving Office use only For international Bureau use only
[ I Tins sheet was received with the international application I I This sheet was received by the International Bureau on:
Λnllioi i/ecl officer Authorized officer
l'( T7RO/134 (July 1992)
ATCC Deposit No. 202108
CANADA
The applicant requests that, until either a Canadian patent has been issued on the basis of an application or the application has been refused, or is abandoned and no longer subject to reinstatement, or is withdrawn, the Commissioner of Patents only authorizes the furnishing of a sample of the deposited biological material referred to in the application to an independent expert nominated by the Commissioner, the applicant must, by a written statement, inform the International Bureau accordingly before completion of technical preparations for publication of the international application.
NORWAY
The applicant hereby requests that the application has been laid open to public inspection (by the Norwegian Patent Office), or has been finally decided upon by the Norwegian Patent Office without having been laid open inspection, the furnishing of a sample shall only be effected to an expert in the art. The request to this effect shall be filed by the applicant with the Norwegian Patent Office not later than at the time when the application is made available to the public under Sections 22 and 33(3) of the Norwegian Patents Act. If such a request has been filed by the applicant, any request made by a third party for the furnishing of a sample shall indicate the expert to be used. That expert may be any person entered on the list of recognized experts drawn up by the Norwegian Patent Office or any person approved by the applicant in the individual case.
AUSTRALIA
The applicant hereby gives notice that the furnishing of a sample of a microorganism shall only be effected prior to the grant of a patent, or prior to the lapsing, refusal or withdrawal of the application, to a person who is a skilled addressee without an interest in the invention (Regulation 3.25(3) of the Australian Patents Regulations).
FINLAND
The applicant hereby requests that, until the application has been laid open to public inspection (by the National Board of Patents and Regulations), or has been finally decided upon by the National Board of Patents and Registration without having been laid open to public inspection, the furnishing of a sample shall only be effected to an expert in the art.
UNITED KINGDOM
The applicant hereby requests that the furnishing of a sample of a microorganism shall only be made available to an expert. The request to this effect must be filed by the applicant with the International Bureau before the completion of the technical preparations for the international publication of the application.
ATCC Deposit No. 202108
DENMARK
The applicant hereby requests that, until the application has been laid open to public inspection (by the Danish Patent Office), or has been finally decided upon by the Danish Patent office without having been laid open to public inspection, the furnishing of a sample shall only be effected to an expert in the art. The request to this effect shall be filed by the applicant with the Danish Patent Office not later that at the time when the application is made available to the public under Sections 22 and 33(3) of the Danish Patents Act. If such a request has been filed by the applicant, any request made by a third party for the furnishing of a sample shall indicate the expert to be used. That expert may be any person entered on a list of recognized experts drawn up by the Danish Patent Office or any person by the applicant in the individual case.
SWEDEN
The applicant hereby requests that, until the application has been laid open to public inspection (by the Swedish Patent Office), or has been finally decided upon by the Swedish Patent Office without having been laid open to public inspection, the furnishing of a sample shall only be effected to an expert in the art. The request to this effect shall be filed by the applicant with the International Bureau before the expiration of 16 months from the priority date (preferably on the Form PCT/RO/134 reproduced in annex Z of Volume I of the PCT Applicant's Guide). If such a request has been filed by the applicant any request made by a third party for the furnishing of a sample shall indicate the expert to be used. That expert may be any person entered on a list of recognized experts drawn up by the Swedish Patent Office or any person approved by a applicant in the individual case.
NETHERLANDS
The applicant hereby requests that until the date of a grant of a Netherlands patent or until the date on which the application is refused or withdrawn or lapsed, the microorganism shall be made available as provided in the 31F(1) of the Patent Rules only by the issue of a sample to an expert. The request to this effect must be furnished by the applicant with the Netherlands Industrial Property Office before the date on which the application is made available to the public under Section 22C or Section 25 of the Patents Act of the Kingdom of the Netherlands, whichever of the two dates occurs earlier.
Claims
What Is Claimed Is:
1. An isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide having a nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of:
(a) a nucleotide sequence encoding any one of the amino acid sequences of the polypeptides shown in Table 1 ;
(b) a nucleotide sequence complementary to any one of the nucleotide sequences in (a)
(c) a nucleotide sequence at least 95% identical to any one of the nucleotide sequences shown in Table 1 ; and
(d) a nucleotide sequence at least 95% identical to a nucleotide sequence complementary to any one of the nucleotide sequences shown in Table 1.
2. An isolated nucleic acid molecule of claim 1 comprising a polynucleotide which hybridizes under stringent hybridization conditions to a polynucleotide having a nucleotide sequence identical to a nucleotide sequence in (a) or (b) of claim 1.
3. An isolated nucleic acid molecule of claim 1 comprising a polynucleotide which encodes an epitope-bearing portion of a polypeptide in (a) of claim 1.
4. The isolated nucleic acid molecule of claim 3, wherein said epitope-bearing portion of a polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence listed in Table 4.
5. A method for making a recombinant vector comprising inserting an isolated nucleic acid molecule of claim 1 into a vector.
6. A recombinant vector produced by the method of claim 5.
7. A host cell comprising the vector of claim 6.
8. A method of producing a polypeptide comprising:
(a) growing the host cell of claim 7 such that the protein is expressed by the cell; and
(b) recovering the expressed polypeptide.
9. An isolated polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of:
(a) a complete amino acid sequences of Table 1;
(b) a complete amino acid sequence of Table 1 except the N-terminal residue; and
(c) a fragment of a polypeptide of Table 1 having biological activity; and
(d) a fragment of a polypeptide of Table 1 which binds to an antibody specific for a S. aureus polypeptide.
10. An isolated polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence at least 95% identical to an amino acid sequence of Table 1.
11. An isolated epitope-bearing polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence of Table 4.
12. An isolated antibody specific for the polypeptide of claim 9.
13. A host cell which produces an antibody of claim 12.
16. A vaccine, comprising:
(1) one or more S. aureus polypeptides selected from the group consisting of a polypeptide of claim 9; and
(2) a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier, or excipient; wherein said polypeptide is present, in an amount effective to elicit protective antibodies in an animal to a member of the Staphylococcus genus.
17. A method of preventing or attenuating an infection caused by a member of the Staphylococcus genus in an animal, comprising administering to said animal a polypeptide of claim 9, wherein said polypeptide is administered in an amount effective to prevent or attenuate said infection.
18. A method of detecting Staphylococcus nucleic acids in a biological sample comprising:
(a) contacting the sample with one or more nucleic acids of claim 1, under conditions such that hybridization occurs; and
(b) detecting hybridization of said nucleic acids to the one or more Staphylococcus nucleic acid sequences present in the biological sample.
19. A method of detecting Staphylococcus antibodies in a biological sample obtained from an animal, comprising
(a) contacting the sample with a polypeptide of claim 9; and
(b) detecting antibody-antigen complexes.
20. A method of detecting a polypeptide of claim 9 comprising:
(a) obtaining a biological sample suspected of containing said polypeptide;
(c) contacting said sample with antibody which specifically binds said polypeptide; and (c) determining the presence or absence of said polypeptide in said biological sample.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US9896498P | 1998-09-01 | 1998-09-01 | |
US98964P | 1998-09-01 | ||
PCT/US1999/019726 WO2000012678A2 (en) | 1998-09-01 | 1999-08-31 | Staphylococcus aureus genes and polypeptides |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
EP1109911A2 true EP1109911A2 (en) | 2001-06-27 |
EP1109911A4 EP1109911A4 (en) | 2005-04-27 |
Family
ID=22271760
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
EP99948076A Withdrawn EP1109911A4 (en) | 1998-09-01 | 1999-08-31 | Staphylococcus aureus genes and polypeptides |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP1109911A4 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2002525083A (en) |
AU (1) | AU6131999A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2341311A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2000012678A2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (14)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6083924A (en) * | 1998-03-12 | 2000-07-04 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | DnaB of staphylococcus aureus |
JP2003517818A (en) * | 1999-08-04 | 2003-06-03 | ファルマシア・アンド・アップジョン・カンパニー | Crystallization and structure determination of Staphylococcus aureus thymidylate kinase |
US6356845B1 (en) | 1999-08-04 | 2002-03-12 | Pharmacia & Upjohn Company | Crystallization and structure determination of Staphylococcus aureus UDP-N-acetylenolpyruvylglucosamine reductase (S. aureus MurB) |
US6689595B1 (en) | 1999-08-04 | 2004-02-10 | Pharmacia & Upjohn Company | Crystallization and structure determination of Staphylococcus aureus thymidylate kinase |
AU2001233099A1 (en) | 2000-01-31 | 2001-08-07 | Pharmacia And Upjohn Company | Crystallization and structure determination of staphylococcus aureus nad synthetase |
US6764823B2 (en) | 2000-04-06 | 2004-07-20 | Pharmacia & Upjohn Company | Antimicrobial methods and materials |
US6864080B2 (en) | 2000-06-30 | 2005-03-08 | Pharmacia & Upjohn Company | Crystallization and structure of Staphylococcus aureus peptide deformylase |
AU2003280250A1 (en) * | 2002-11-05 | 2004-06-07 | Affinium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Crystal structures of bacterial thymidylate kinases |
EP2368570A3 (en) * | 2006-01-18 | 2012-05-02 | University Of Chicago | Compositions and methods related to staphylococcal bacterium proteins |
EP2185190B1 (en) | 2007-08-31 | 2015-06-24 | University Of Chicago | Methods and compositions related to immunizing against staphylococcal lung diseases and conditions |
US9181329B2 (en) | 2007-08-31 | 2015-11-10 | The University Of Chicago | Methods and compositions related to immunizing against Staphylococcal lung diseases and conditions |
EP3281947B1 (en) | 2009-04-03 | 2020-02-12 | The University of Chicago | Compositions and methods related to protein a (spa) variants |
AU2011274367B2 (en) | 2010-07-02 | 2015-04-23 | The University Of Chicago | Compositions and methods related to protein A (SpA) variants |
US8945588B2 (en) | 2011-05-06 | 2015-02-03 | The University Of Chicago | Methods and compositions involving protective staphylococcal antigens, such as EBH polypeptides |
Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP0916730A2 (en) * | 1997-11-14 | 1999-05-19 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | FabH from Staphylococcus aureus |
WO1999046275A1 (en) * | 1998-03-12 | 1999-09-16 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | REPLICATIVE HELICASE dnaB OF $i(STAPHYLOCOCCUS AUREUS) |
Family Cites Families (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP0811688A3 (en) * | 1996-06-06 | 1998-01-14 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | Staphylococcus aureus RNase P |
EP0826774B1 (en) * | 1996-08-28 | 2006-02-08 | Affinium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Staphylococcal Fab I enoyl-ACP reductase |
US5827689A (en) * | 1996-11-13 | 1998-10-27 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | FabD polynucleotides |
-
1999
- 1999-08-31 AU AU61319/99A patent/AU6131999A/en not_active Abandoned
- 1999-08-31 EP EP99948076A patent/EP1109911A4/en not_active Withdrawn
- 1999-08-31 WO PCT/US1999/019726 patent/WO2000012678A2/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1999-08-31 CA CA002341311A patent/CA2341311A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 1999-08-31 JP JP2000571068A patent/JP2002525083A/en not_active Withdrawn
Patent Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP0916730A2 (en) * | 1997-11-14 | 1999-05-19 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | FabH from Staphylococcus aureus |
WO1999046275A1 (en) * | 1998-03-12 | 1999-09-16 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | REPLICATIVE HELICASE dnaB OF $i(STAPHYLOCOCCUS AUREUS) |
Non-Patent Citations (1)
Title |
---|
See also references of WO0012678A2 * |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
AU6131999A (en) | 2000-03-21 |
WO2000012678A3 (en) | 2000-06-15 |
WO2000012678A2 (en) | 2000-03-09 |
CA2341311A1 (en) | 2000-03-09 |
EP1109911A4 (en) | 2005-04-27 |
JP2002525083A (en) | 2002-08-13 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US6913907B2 (en) | Enterococcus faecalis polynucleotides encoding EF059 | |
EP1770164B1 (en) | Streptococcus pneumoniae antigens and vaccines | |
US6833253B2 (en) | Staphylococcus aureus polynucleotides and polypeptides | |
US6821754B2 (en) | Staphylococcus aureus genes and polypeptides | |
US20040082002A1 (en) | 37 staphylococcus aureus genes and polypeptides | |
CA2294568A1 (en) | Lyme disease vaccines | |
EP1109911A2 (en) | Staphylococcus aureus genes and polypeptides | |
US6887663B1 (en) | Streptococcus pneumoniae SP036 polynucleotides | |
EP1003883A1 (en) | HISTIDINE KINASE TWO-COMPONENT IN $i(CANDIDA ALBICANS) | |
AU8938601A (en) | Lyme disease polynucleotides |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
PUAI | Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012 |
|
17P | Request for examination filed |
Effective date: 20010402 |
|
AK | Designated contracting states |
Kind code of ref document: A2 Designated state(s): AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LI LU MC NL PT SE |
|
AX | Request for extension of the european patent |
Free format text: AL;LT;LV;MK;RO;SI |
|
STAA | Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent |
Free format text: STATUS: THE APPLICATION HAS BEEN WITHDRAWN |
|
A4 | Supplementary search report drawn up and despatched |
Effective date: 20050311 |
|
18W | Application withdrawn |
Effective date: 20050404 |